Ex Libris Nocturnis
Home | Archives | Tags | Forums | About
Articles | Reviews | Games | Projects

Malkovians Revised

An alternate take on the Malkovian Bloodline for Vampire: the Requiem.

by Charles Phipps (Vampire: The Requiem | Resources)

"But I don't want to go among mad people," Alice remarked.
"Oh, you can't help that," said the Cat "We're all mad here. I'm mad. You're mad."
"How do you know I'm mad?" said Alice.
"You must be," said the Cat, "or you wouldn't have come here."
-Alice in Wonderland

The Malkavians were a somewhat controversial addition to the Old World of Darkness. At their worst, they were the guys who walked up to the Prince of the City and smacked him with a fish. At their best, they were the misunderstood prophets of the Kindred. Somewhere in between, we had one of the more interesting clans in the setting. With the transfer into the new World of Darkness, the Malkovians have taken their place as the insane step-children of the Kindred. Some of the more interesting elements of the old clan have been lacking from their new incarnation. Other parts of the new Bloodline are in dire need of expansion. This article will attempt to add more to the Malkovians’ place in the nWoD.

Founder

While the bloodline bears the name of Anton Malkov, the actual founder of the lineage is the Doctor who treated him. James Griffin Hartleigh is one of the few elders of the Malkovian bloodline and a person that the Ventrue line would very much like to see staked for the sun. To that end, James Hartleigh has learned a great deal about obfuscating his presence from his parent clan. Dwelling under an assumed name and with all records of his face destroyed, Doctor Hartleigh is someone that the Ventrue have very little likelihood of finding. In any case, they are much more worried about his growing legacy across the Kindred world.

Doctor James Griffin Hartleigh

Background: James Griffin Hartleigh was born during the early part of the 19th century. A Doctor interested in the treatment of the insane, he was ahead of his time even if his theories were extreme even as a mortal. Part of this might have been his own fears about losing his mind due to a shameful history of mental illness in his family.

Ultimately, Doctor Hartleigh’s asylum of Broadmoor was a focus for those patients whom not only were deluded but a threat to others. It was the perfect haven for fleeing Russian Kindred Anton Malkov who had decided to rest from the troubles of the Dance Macabre. Sensing that James Hartleigh was a man who was already on the brink of what would become a nervous breakdown, the Kindred revealed the secrets of the world . Strangely, the mortal and undead became friends. While James had trouble believing he was dealing with a mystical creature, Anton was impressed with the mortal's wealth of knowledge on the human psyche. The vampire was something of an amateur himself in the field. One can't live for centuries altering minds without learning something about how they worked. Their conversations were deeply speculative and it did not take Anton very long to decide to embrace the physician.

Nevertheless, something went terribly wrong in the embrace. It is possible that Doctor Hartleigh's family had something much more wrong with it than a case of mere mental illness. Doctor Hartleigh awoke with strength that was many times that of a normal Kindred and his opening frenzy drove him utterly mad. His wife and her lover were but one of the many victims that the Doctor claimed that night.

The local Ventrue were quick to investigate this situation even as they were annoyed to discover that Hartleigh had developed a case of extreme obsession with scientific study of the Kindred form. The Kindred sent to investigate, one Sir Edmund Wellington, was distressed to discover himself driven totally insane when he attempted to force the rogue vampire under his power. Many other Kindred would be driven mad in their attempt to apprehend the mad Doctor as he spread his newly discovered power.

On the run from his fellow Kindred, Doctor Hartleigh immediately began working on finding others to help him figure out how to use this ability for the ‘benefit of mankind.’ Hartleigh’s progeny were selected from fellow alienists at first. Gradually, he began to pick medical professionals from other fields. James had quickly determined that he might need individuals who understood the biological factors of Kindred existence as much as the psychological.

The scientist has been a prolific creator of Kindred and is no longer so picky as to restrict his embracing to scientists. He's created progeny from gurus, spiritualists, and psychics in an attempt to broaden the bloodline's ability to dissect the nature of vampirism. Doctor Hartleigh hasn't stopped creating Malkovians either. James is still prone to passing on the 'gift' whenever he feels that there is something to learn from a subject's transformation.

Doctor Hartleigh has spent the past century well in learning the various disciplines and esoteric principles of being a Kindred. He has progressed abnormally quickly in mastering his clan's disciplines. Some suggest this is due to the fact that his unusual mental state is aiding him but most Kindred believe this is rubbish. Doctor Hartleigh has also assembled a tremendous amount of knowledge on medicine, the occult, and various forms of science. Were he not a lunatic then he would probably be as great a psychologist as Freud. The man has made an extensive list of supernatural contacts under his various aliases. Many willing to share information in exchange for knowledge.

Doctor Hartleigh's relationship with his fellow Malkovians is a bit tenuous. While many are similarly motivated in discovering the 'secrets of the mind', others are outraged at the curse that he's helped inflict upon them. Hartleigh is thus cautious about approaching any of his blood. Often, he does this using a possessed human body as a vessel for communication. Even subjects that he's embraced directly are not always aware of what he really looks like. Some have been educated entirely through false faces or from a distance. Hartleigh is not even above abandoning his childer to see how they react to their transformation. Nevertheless, most Malkovians feel a sort of affection for the man and are fiercely protective of their founder.

Image: Doctor Hartleigh is an unassuming looking man in his mid-fifties and still bears traces of his original English accent. He is not intimidating to most Kindred with his cropped white hair, a somewhat nebbish looking face, and habit of absently muttering to himself. Doctor Hartleigh is almost always dressed in a Doctor's coat since he rarely ever finds himself out of his medical wards. The few times that he leaves is when he dresses up in anachronistic formal wear.

Roleplaying Hints: Those who meet the Malkovian founder are unlikely to find anything that sets off the warning bells that he's an utter lunatic. It's only when he is alone with a 'patient' that his true nature as a complete obsessive becomes obvious. Doctor Hartleigh has no ethics whatsoever in testing the limits of human consciousness. Whatever is necessary from brain surgery to torture is carried out with the same dispassionate scientific interest. Nothing can prevent him from following through on his motivation to discover the secrets of the vampire mind.

Haven: Doctor Hartleigh tends to make his havens in the traditional Malkovian residences of asylums, hospitals, and medical universities. On occasion, he simply sets up his own lab in a mansion of suitable size. The current inhabitants of such luxury are often lucky if they do not become as mad as hatters by the end of his occupation.

New Talent

The Malkovian Oversoul

Doctor Hartleigh's experiments with brains, electricity, chemicals, psychics, and imprisoned sorcery are said to have yielded tremendous results. Ones that have echoed down through the entire Bloodline on a spiritual level as much as physical. Others believe that Hartleigh's descendents might have attracted the attention of something beyond the understanding of Kindred. Whatever the reason, the Malkovians have developed a method to their madness. The majority of their insanity is very normal delusion and fantasy but sometimes....it's more.

The Malkovian Oversoul is the name that some Kindred have given the ability of this Ventrue offshoot to generate insights from seemingly nowhere. These insights are never clear or direct. Indeed, they are filled with metaphor and surreal phraseology that mark the madness of the Bloodline in a fairly spectacular manner. Worse, to tap into the ability is to require the Malkovian to experience their core derangement to manifest for that scene. This means that their insight is only given when they seem at their most insane. It can be taught to non-Malkovian Kindred but only if they have a derangement and all dots are permanently lost and must be re-learned if they ever recover from that condition.

Possessed by: Malkovians, Malkovian Ghouls, Those Whom Have Diablerized Malkovians, Insane Kindred

Specialities: Drug Trips, Hallucinatory imagery, Nonsensical Babble, Religious Experience, Voices in the Head

Roll Results

Dramatic Failure: The Kindred receives deliberately misleading information or otherwise outright dangerous false insights. For example; they are commanded to kill the Prince because he's controlled by Satan. Alternatively, the Kindred is plunged immediately into Frenzy or Rötschreck.

Failure: The Kindred receives no insights from his 'communion' but still suffers the effects of his Derangement being enacted for the rest of the scene.

Success: The Kindred receives some minor clue or useful piece of information that may be of service to them. This is probably veiled in metaphor unless it’s a silly, rather than life threatening, plot. For example; the Sheriff is working with Belial's Brood might manifest as "The Order of the Damned is Bent by Flames of a Malevolent Fist." While discovering that a player character's favorite vessel is straying might be a simple "Your girlfriend is cheating on you, dude."

Exceptional Success: The Kindred receives two pieces of information rather than one. Should a Gamemaster feel the game is stalling, they might also feel free to drop an appropriate bombshell level revelation in order to get the plot moving. This should never be allowed if the player characters aren't bored or frustrated with their current line of investigation.

New Discipline

Dementia

The Malkovians are already blessed with the powers of insight, concealment, and the ability to twist minds. However, some of them have experimented further with their Kindred forms to develop an ability to warp perceptions to an almost absurd degree. This power has spread rapidly through the clan to the point that many believe they have far vaster powers than any Kindred could have dreamed of. The Malkovians are not eager to disabuse other vampires of this notion.

The Dementia Discipline is a severely destructive one that can cause vampires to lose hard won humanities at an incredible rate. Worse, it can be used on mortals to devastating effect in order to totally destroy a city's peace or utterly ruin lives. The power is considered grounds for a Blood Hunt in many cases if the perpetrator is caught using it against other Kindred or to disrupt the cities' peace. Most Malkovians so inclined to use it in such a manner are of the mind that they will never be caught.

This discipline is one that the Bloodline eagerly shares with others but its use comes with a price. For any non-Malkovian that learns it, they have their Discipline score applied to any Frenzy rolls as a penalty for receiving a derangement. Most Non-Malkovians end up totally mad from prolonged usage.

• Id Whispers

Id Whispers is a device for Kindred to unleash the forbidden desires of mortals. By power of voice alone, the Kindred using this ability can cause a subject to lose his inhibitions about something that he wanted to do on some level. The Id Whisperer must know what he wants and describe the action he should do, even in a joking manner, for it to be effective. This can range from something innocous about giving a man a break on a car payment to finally fulfilling their fantasy about killing their boss. Many Malkovians combine this ability with their purely social powers of persuasion to bring about the right mental state for this to discipline to work.

Cost: None
Dice Pool:Intelligence + Expression + Dementia versus Resolve plus Blood Potency.
Action:Contested, resistance is reflexive

Roll Results

Dramatic Failure: The subject does not act upon his urge and is immune to further attempts to use Dementia on him until the next sunset.
Failure:The subject does not become any more inclined to perform the action that the Kindred is describing.
Success:The subject decides to go about the action that has been described.
Exceptional Success:The subject becomes utterly convinced that the act was his own choice and what he would have done anyway.

Suggested Modifiers

+3 The subject really wants to perform the action but is constrained by fear of society or other consequences.
+2 The subject was contemplating such an action before the Kindred began to speak about it.
+2 The Kindred has given an eloquent and persuasive argument beforehand, even if it failed.
+1 The action is not one that he has any strong moral objection to.
-1 The subject has a mild moral repulsion to the action despite being tempted by it.
-2 The subject has a strong moral repulsion to the idea.
-2 The subject has no reason to listen to the Kindred.
-3 The act is personally harmful to the character in some way.

•• Gaslight

Malkovians consider it their right and privilege to explore different types of thinking. They also consider it to 'help' others do the same. Gaslighting is bestow compulsions on subjects that weaken their hold on their sanity. Any subject of the discipline is afflicted with a compulsive need of the Malkovian's choice. Their desire for it being as great as blood to a starving vampire in some cases. Most Malkovians find out what ails and troubles a subject first before exploiting it in order to drive their victims to true dementia. A Malkovian merely has to speak to a subject about the need for it to take root. Needs that are obviously suicidal do not work but can be used to put a subject in a situation of danger.

Cost: 1 Willpower per roll
Dice Pool: Intelligence + Expression + Dementia versus Resolve plus Blood Potency.
Action: Contested, resistance is reflexive

Roll Results

Dramatic Failure:The subject is immune to the Kindred's attempt to use Dementia on him for the rest of the night.
Failure:The subject is unaffected by the affect.
Success:The subject immediately gains a longing for a certain type of action or thing. For every success beyond the initial, the subject must make a composure check with rising difficulty in order to resist indulging his new vice.
Exceptional Success:The subject gains a derangement related to his new want. Typically, this is an Obsession or Addiction.

Suggested Modifiers

+3 The subject already displays obsessive interest in it (this reflects vampires and blood should the Malkovian choose to make them an even greater addict, an alcoholic, a gamer and his favorite RPG).
+2 The subject has a strong affection for it (a sexually active human, a regular drinker, a man whom is already a killer).
+1 The subject will be merely annoyed by his compulsion (constantly introducing himself to everyone he knows, being forced to babble a long answer to everything, washing ones hands a lot).
-1 The subject has a moral objection to newly bestowed desire (A compulsion to steal, a desire to deface works of art).
-2 The subject has a strong moral objection to his newly bestowed desire or compulsion (a high humanity Kindred desiring the blood of children, a compulsion to arson).
-3 The subject is personally imperilled by this newfound affliction in some way.

••• Hallucination

Malkovians have the power to sculpt the fantasies and ideas of the individuals around them. Provided they can meet their gaze, a Malkovian can freeze a subject in place long enough to describe a hallucination that they see. For the duration of the scene, the subject will hallucinate what has been described to them by the Malkovian. Any modifications to what was initially described will require another Dementia roll. The subject will hallucinate their fantasy independently of the Malkovian's control as well. This power is one of the reasons that the Malkovians are believed to possess reality altering powers by some. Unlike with illusions, recognizing something is a hallcuination doesn't dispel it.

Cost: None
Dice Pool: Intelligence + Expression + Dementia versus Resolve plus Blood Potency.
Action: Contested, resistance is reflexive

Roll Results

Dramatic Failure: The subject does not suffer any effect and is immune to further attempts to use Dementia on him until the next sunset.
Failure: The subject suffers no debilitating effects from the power's use.
Success: The subject immediately hallucinates the subject that the Kindred described.
Exceptional Success: The subject sees the hallucination described to him until the next sunset.

Suggested Modifiers

+3 The Hallucination described is one that is entirely possible to happen (someone arriving, the character pulling a gun out of his coat, police are coming).
+2 The Hallucination is not a terribly complex one (a fire has broken out, there are ghostly noises about, a room is empty when its actually full).
+2 The subject is on some sort of psycho tropic drug.
+2 The subject is insane already or otherwise prone to altered states of consciousness.
+1 The subject is in a highly agitated state.
-1 The Hallucination deals with more than one object (A half dozen people are standing around talking).
-1 The Hallucination is unlikely but not impossible ("But I just saw the Prince leave the building five minutes ago...", a believer in ghosts sees his dead father).
-2 A Hallucination is expected to effect more than one sense.
-2 The Hallucination is interactive (the dialogue being filled in by the subjects mind).
-3 The Hallucination is impossible or absurd (A talking frog, an atheist meets the Archangel Michael, one's trash starts barking at you).
-5 The Hallucination is expected to effect all five senses.

•••• Madness

One of the most feared abilities of the Malkovians amongst the Damned. The power for them to rob a subject of his sanity. The Malkovians enjoy using this ability to cause their fellow Ventrue all manner of difficulties. Indeed, it is one of their ways that they help prepare a subject to join their clan. The consequences of this ability have the potential to be disastrous. A Malkovian must merely speak to a subject and he has the potential to rob him of all reason. The Malkovian must talk about the type of derangement that is to be inflicted though, even in an abstract manner.

Cost:1 Willpower per use, 1 Vitae Point
Dice Pool:Intelligence + Expression + Dementia versus Resolve plus Blood Potency.
Action:Contested, resistance is reflexive

Roll Results

Dramatic Failure: The subject does not suffer any effect and is immune to further attempts to use Dementia on him until the next sunset.
Failure:The subject suffers no debilitating effects from the power's use.
Success:The subject is immediately afflicted with a Derangement of the Kindred's choice.
Exceptional Success:The subjects are immediately afflicted with two Derangements of the Kindred's choice.

Suggested Modifiers

+3 The subject is already in a state of severe emotional instability (A vampire's frenzy, a person having undergone severe trauma, having just recovered from another mental illness)
+2 The subject's derangement is only an exaggeration of an existing personality trait.
+2 The subject is a Ventrue.
+1 The subject is in a similar emotional state to the kind of derangement that will be inflicted.
-1 The subject is a calm state.
-2 The derangement is utterly unrelated to anything that is normal to the subject's life.
-3 The subject has no history of mental illness or emotional instability (Vampires cannot qualify for this).

••••• Mass Hysteria

A power that has been used to ignite riots over trivial things and cause the utter destruction of large locations. A Malkovian who uses Mass Hysteria needs merely be heard by a crowd of people and their passions will be inflamed to incredible levels. What the panic will be about is anyone's guess but subjects feeling anger about a given subject will likely react violently while those in a state of fear may flee in utter terror. One doesn't even need to comment about what sort of effect this might have during a sporting event. Strangely, the subject that the Malkovian speaks of isn't one that has to be related to whatever causes them to panic.

Cost: 1 Willpower per scene, 1 Vitae point per scene
Dice Pool:Intelligence + Expression + Dementia versus Resolve plus Blood Potency.
Action:Contested, resistance is reflexive

Roll Results

Dramatic Failure:The subject does not suffer any effect and is immune to further attempts to use Dementia on him until the next sunset.
Failure: The subject suffers no debilitating effects from the power's use.
Success:All the subjects immediately start a hysterical panic that continues for the duration of the scene.
Exceptional Success:The subjects continue their intense reaction until the next sunset.

Suggested Modifiers

+3 The subjects are in a state of intense emotion to begin with.
+3 The subjects have all been drugged otherwise inebriated.
+2 The subjects are inclined to listen to the Kindred on the subject.
+1 The subjects are in a state of agitation.
-1 The subjects are calm and soothed.
-2 More than a twenty subjects are being effected.
-3 More than a hundred subjects are being effected.
-4 More than five hundred subjects are being effected.
-5 More than a thousand subjects are being effected.

Joining the Malkovians

"Will you, won't you, will you, won't you, will you join the dance? Will you, won't you, will you, won't you, won't you join the dance?"
-The Mock Turtle, Alice in Wonderland

Now, you've got to be asking yourself why any person in the world would want to join a bloodline where you're permanently reduced to a mental cripple. That is what any sane person would think. That's not whom the Malkovian clan is appealing to. It's those Kindred whom undeath has become unbearable for, whom think the Malkovians have special insights, or whom are already 'around the bend' mentally that find it an appealing prospect.

The transformation into a vampire is a very traumatic experience for every Neonate. Combined with the demanding nature of the Ventrue clan, many consider the idea of becoming a Malkovian to be one that will relieve them of the burden. 'To turn on, tune in, and drop out' is one way of looking at the Malkovian infection. Others are lured by the prospect of being able to share the horror and absurdity that they feel but jaded elders can no longer stomach.

Ancilla are more often lured by the prospect of getting an edge over elders that wield unfathomable power over others. Members of the Covenants that are stalled in their position might believe that the Malkovians are crazy like a Fox rather than simply insane. Others might well crave their unique gifts and believe they can get through the experience without going completely mad. The Ordo Dracul and Circle of the Crone both have members that might see power in the Malkovian's unique insights.

Most terrifying, is the fact that the number of elders that are inclined to leave the mainstream Ventrue clan to become Malkovians is growing. This terrifies the entire clan as that believes even their most cherished members are not immune to the corruptive effects of Malkov's legacy. After ages of being an unfeeling monster, the allure of the Malkovian's different mental state is quite appealing. Others hope there is a kind of morality in the Bloodline that will ease the burden of their troubled souls. Many seem well to enjoy it. While the number of insane elders is still rather small, Hartleigh is hardly the oldest member of the clan now.

GenesisTech Inc.

A research company that fuses human ambition with a bit of the supernatural, in hopes of changing the worlds and fatterning their pockets.

by Charles Phipps (World of Darkness | Resources)

Prologue

Doctor Conrad Murphy's hands trembled. He was unable to move anything but his hands due to fear. The discovery of the existence of vampires had been a complete accident. It came from the result of trying to find out commonalities in the odd blood samples discovered in some gunshot wound patients. Conrad had made the mistake of sending too many queries around. He had been doing a little investigating of his own. The private detective had ended up in the morgue and now, the Doctor was already under investigation for mishandling hospital funds.

'But they wouldn't just settle for ruining my career, would they? I know too much,' Conrad bit his lower lip while staring across from the desk of the pale skinned executive that he'd been brought to meet.

Several tough looking men had arrived at his house, packing arms, and had shoved him into an unmarked black limousine. From there, he'd been brought to the basement levels of GenesisTech Industries. Bio-research, the perfect cover for the undead to perform all manner of perversions.

"I suppose it's obvious why you're here," The man's piercing stare was predatory in nature. The kind of look that you saw in many executives that didn't care who they stepped on. "No use in hiding it. Your little essays are too rich in information for you to be ignorant of the truth."

Conrad knew he was going to die. That provided him more courage than he would have normally possessed under the circumstances. It allowed him to speak up "You won't silence me! You can't stay hidden forever! Modern technology will reveal the world you've kept hidden for so long!"

Strangely, the man merely smiled at that proclamation "I absolutely agree."

Doctor Murphy blinked as the man handed over a large stack of papers in a manilla folder with the GenesisTech helix shaped logo on the front. Taking a second to shake off his confusion, the physician opened the folder to see a contract on the inside.

Conrad blinked a second before responding "You want to hire me?"

Vice President of Personnel Mister Shriver then said "We're not the supernatural, Doctor. We're the people interested in making use of it."

In the World of Darkness, there are countless people whom have encounters with the supernatural every day. The majority of these individuals remain unaware of what they are associating with. Others become aware of the true nature of their encounters by skill on their part, carelessness by a supernatural, deliberate revelation or some combination of the three.

Mortal reactions to the supernatural vary wildly. They range between fear, awe, horror, denial, and anger. Particularly noteworthy are those mortals whom become intensely curious… and ambitious. GenesisTech is an association of mortals whom have put their knowledge to use in hopes of making a profit from it.

History

The history of GenesisTech begins with a small pharmaceuticals firm in Japan. Owned by Hanabishi Hideo and his immediate relatives, it was named Hanabishi Medical Supplies. By the late 1950s, the company was neither successful nor particularly noteworthy.

Hanabishi Hideo was an ambitious man, but his heir had proved incapable of managing the firm. Having been scarred by his experiences during wartime, Hanabishi Sakaki was more interested in pursuing pleasure with young women than becoming a businessman. That changed when Sakaki disappeared and was presumed dead by his grief stricken father. Shockingly, Sakaki returned home three months later. The young man wore bloody rags and had changed completely.

Hanabishi Hideo was stunned to silence by his son's wild tales, stories of a vast society of vampires that lived in both his country and others. Sakaki had been 'Embraced' by one of the many women of loose virtue that he indulged with. However, his creator had been destroyed not long after that. Sakaki had been unable to gain control over the raging beast within him and now sought death. The younger man begged his father to kill him, to drive a wooden stake through his heart and leave him out for the sun to destroy.

This might have been the end of a tragic but common story amongst the Damned, had Sakaki not explained entirely too much to his father. Fascinated by the concept of a ghoul, Hideo did stake his son through the heart, but then fed upon the vampire's blood himself. Finding himself invigorated beyond reason, Hideo removed his son away from the coming daylight and took out the stake. Sakaki was already in deep torpor and unable to respond. Developing a strong affection for his son that he never felt in life, Hideo laid away his son's body while tackling the business world with a renewed enthusiasm.

By the mid-1980's, Hanabishi Medical Supplies had merged with many other Japanese firms and purchased several American ones. Hideo's consistent leadership may not have always been the most forward-thinking, but it always kept the corporation growing. It was then that Hideo met with Marcus Shriver, an aggressive young executive that had a reputation for making business rivals disappear. After several attempts by both Hideo and Marcus to dispose of one another, it became apparent that they both had some form of supernatural aid. Hideo was relieved to discover that Marcus was not a vampire or servant of one, but a practitioner of magic.

The ambitions of the young American were greater than Hanabishi, whom simply wished to indefinitely expand his business empire. Nevertheless, it was Marcus that suggested they put the wealth of their two businesses together in order to harness the power of the supernatural world for their own benefit. Marcus was swiftly given a place on the Board of Directors with dissenting voices quietly phased out. Over time, the renamed GenesisTech has become one of the largest concentrations of 'informed' mortals in the world.

Most of the supernatural world would scoff at the idea that such a group could exist without some secret puppet master pulling the strings. In truth, human ambition and greed are some of the most powerful motivating factors in the world. Enough that even the underbelly of the World of Darkness is capable of being rocked by it.

GenesisTech's Goals

"Why rule the world when you can buy it?" -Marcus Shriver, Orientation Seminar

GenesisTech is an organization that may strike many as shockingly mundane in its ambitions. The primary motivation of the corporation's executives and management is to make money. Most of GenesisTech's operations, both mundane and supernatural-related, are designed around cost-to-profit projections. It's all well and good to forward the idea of a virus to wipe out all vampires on Earth, but that's expensive, and how is it going to benefit us? The idea of capturing a live werewolf and harvesting blood samples in order to synthesize cures for thousands of individual diseases sounds much more profitable.

Most telling is the fact that GenesisTech tends to run every little piece of supernatural information through analysts in order to find uses for it. It's doubtful that any Kindred in history had ever thought about the idea of ghouling cattle to manufacture more beef at a cheaper price. Many of the applications of their research are moronic or impractical, but they are researched, nevertheless. The few applications that do get approval and succeed are often sources of great revenue.

This mercenary truth about the corporation is not always apparent to its employees. GenesisTech is more interested in acquiring the services of talented and aware individuals than it is in the truth. Many members of GenesisTech erroneously believe the organization is serving a far greater cause. They are told that they are working to free the world from the control of the supernaturals, to elevate humanity to a higher state of existence, or wield their knowledge for control of the world. This placation is kept up for as long as necessary. Usually, an employee becomes ensnared by the lifestyle and ceases to care. Other times, the corporation develops a hook that forces compliance.

A rare few GenesisTech employees are those whom rise to power in the corporation yet keep their ideals. These beings quietly exploit their positions for their own personal goals, irregardless of the company's own plans. In addition to the expected whackos that get off on the prospect of supernatural power bent to their wills or those seeking to save humanity from the evils of the night, others are interested in joining one of the factions they have become aware of. Transformation into a vampire, becoming a werewolf (whether possible or not), or learning magic is a desire that drives them. These employees who wish to 'go native' often find themselves either eliminated by the company or learn that few supernatural beings take the GenesisTech corporation very seriously. Nevertheless, these rogues are distressingly common and a source of much frustration for the company.

Overall, the corporation exists to gather as much information about the supernatural as possible while figuring some way to harness the power they discover. They fail as often as they succeed, but have come a very long way.

GenesisTech's Resources

GenesisTech is a company that employs tens of thousands. It is not yet one of the largest corporations on the planet, but it's certainly noteworthy to those with their eyes on the market. The company made its initial fortune in pharmaceuticals and has expanded its purview to include related fields of agriculture, chemistry, genetic research, and a few other fields. It specializes in developing cutting edge solutions to common industry problems.

This is where the vast majority of its wealth is generated, and they are more focused on acquiring a substantial market share in these than diversifying their control in some kind of economic pyramid scheme.

GenesisTech employees tend to be well paid, but extremely wrapped up in confidentiality agreements and red tape. The true leaders of the corporation, like most in the business world really, are aware that all bureaucracy is made to impede outsiders rather than replace actual leadership. Control of information is very important to the Board of Directors, and one would be hard pressed to comprehend the full extent of the company's holdings. This has helped repulse civil-lawsuit-pressing lawyers and the I.R.S as much as the supernatural.

This web of secrecy allows the real movers and shakers of the company to operate in almost-absolute secrecy. Numerous hidden laboratories are listed on files at the bottom of drawers, and vast amounts of funding are distributed to them without anyone recognizing where it goes. “Special Employees” carry out their experiments on captured supernatural beings in these labs. Most are mundane, but brilliant scientists in their chosen field, exposed to the amazing possibilities inherent in GenesisTech's research into the unknown. A few attempts to recruit powerful supernatural beings have been made but these have usually ended in disaster. Still, a few hedge-magicians, psychics, and disgruntled ghouls have found their way into GenesisTech service.

Slightly more glamorous are Scientific Operative Teams. Selected by Vice President Schiver, they are mostly field operatives sent to clean up likely supernatural infestations for trace clues. Newer variants are little more than mercenary teams with missions to kill, however. GenesisTech is extremely careful about employing these teams in any First World Nation. The operations are usually precise and performed with a considerable amount of planning to minimize evidence of their use. A few very bad accidents in the Third World have resulted in the company bribing military officials to reduce entire villages to ashes. Most simply assume that it is a matter of dealing with disgruntled locals. GenesisTech is not above masquerading as the United States government if it thinks that it'll get more cooperation.

In general, it is an organization that is tremendously powerful and amoral. Nevertheless, it is not one that can act too harshly or too openly. Retaliation by any major faction of the supernatural world would be devastating to its plans. A crackdown by the United States or the major countries of the United Nations could also lead to bankruptcy and dissolution. GenesisTech is eager to avoid both.

GenesisTech and the Supernatural World

Alexander King stared at the documents with his pen light. The GenesisTech security guards passed by the Mekhet without even noticing him. It had been a three week investigation on behalf of the Prince. What he read was shocking in its implications. Unfortunately, there was a very good chance that nothing could be done about it. The Kindred of a single city couldn't even come together for one purpose. What chance did they have of plugging a Masquerade breach that spanned several nations?

The seneschal shook his head and muttered "Heh, that's assuming the majority of elders even believed it wasn't a trick by their enemies...."

The security guards turned around to flash their lights in search of the noise's source. That was the cue for the Kindred intruder to make his escape. There was much to consider and precious little time to do.

Less than 1% of GenesisTech employees truly know about the existence of the supernatural. A few thousand do regular research on materials relating to it but are never made aware of its otherworldly nature. Only a couple of hundred GenesisTech employees are actively aware that there are more than humans out there. The majority of these were brought in by GenesisTech after they'd already discovered the supernatural. It is a rare and gifted individual that GenesisTech feels will benefit them more by knowing rather than being kept in ignorance.

Sadly, information is unevenly distributed amongst employees. The corporation feels it best to limit knowledge to a 'need to know' basis in order to minimize the damage from leaks. Thus, Science Officers often have a great deal of practical knowledge about catching and trapping werewolves, but are unlikely to know a thing about their esoteric practices. Researches might know a great deal about the recuperative powers of a vampire, but next to nothing about its feeding habits.

The following information represents the accumulated knowledge of the entire corporation on the nature of the World of Darkness. Even this, as readers can see, is very incomplete.

Vampires

In part because of Chairman Hanabishi's initial conversation with his son about Kindred and a few ghouls that defected to the group's service, GenesisTech knows a good deal about vampires. Vampires drink blood. They know that they are divided into tribes with some much larger than others. They know that vampires are killed by fire, sunlight, decapitation, and being blown to pieces. They also know that a wooden stake can incapacitate one along with a great deal of ammunition. Vampires are also prone to bizarre animalistic behavior. A vampire can create a ghoul, or 'demi-vampire', that possesses few of its weaknesses, but a fraction of its power by feeding it blood. The actual mechanism of the transformation process is not very clear, though. Vampires possess enhanced strength, durability, and speed, but power levels vary from vampire to vampire. There are also reports of stranger abilities that GenesisTech tends to link all to mind-control rather than the genuine capacity to perform them.

Surprisingly, the Kindred also know about GenesisTech. Or, more precisely, some vampires know about GenesisTech. Several Princes are aware that the corporation is conducting experiments into the Kindred race. Both the Ordo Dracul and Carthians have received semi-complete reports by individual agents sent to infiltrate the corporation. Rather than distribute the information, most are content to simply keep the company out of their own backyards. The corporation doesn't seem interested in exposing the Masquerade, and most Princes arrogantly assume that some other Lick is responsible for their efforts. The Ordo Dracul is interested in what GenesisTech is able to accomplish with modern technology and have taken to protecting them from retaliation. The Carthians are much more concerned, especially concerning the lack of rights given to many captives, and would like to see the group shut down and/or dismantled.

Werewolves

Knowledge regarding werewolves is almost uniformly second hand, from experimentation, or the result of interrogating subjects captured during raids. Given that many subjects will tell anything to avoid torture or execution, the best source of information is polluted at best. Quite a few werewolves have willingly lied, even up to their deaths, in order to protect their kind from the danger that GenesisTech represents. The company knows that werewolves travel in groups, are capable of shifting into various forms between human and wolf, with the hybrid form being the most physically formidable. They heal very quickly, but silver weaponry and fire damage affect them especially adversely and cannot be healed as quickly. Many werewolves are animists, and some hold certain locations to be holy ground. Many werewolves can cause 'hallucinations' of alien beings, and are mentally ill themselves with psychotic rage or delusions about reality being a common affliction.

Werewolves, largely, have no idea that GenesisTech exists. The Pure are largely blamed for any missing pack mates, rather than a simple group of mundane human mercenaries. A few packs have wiped out entire Science Operative teams. These events have left the victorious Uratha with a lot of questions and very few answers. Most simply chalk up the results to a few extremely well-armed and delusional humans at work. A few have paranoid theories about the government, but none have an inkling that there might be a corporation out to harvest their D.N.A for medical advancements. The Iron Wolves have, independently, stumbled onto a surreal paper trail that indicates a few of their holy places might be monitored. This is probably the Uratha's best lead to discovering there is something wrong with the human corporation.

Mages

GenesisTech thinks it knows a great deal about mages. Unfortunately, the majority of its information is inaccurate. Its views have been influenced by the psychics, hedge magicians, and parapsychologists in its service. All of whom have brought their own prejudices and theories to the table. The naturally scientific and skeptical nature of GenesisTech has led it to try to unravel the 'mysteries' of magic with as mundane an explanation as possible.

Even if the company were to find out the truth of magic, they would probably dismiss the idea of Atlantis to be utterly crackpot. This goes the same for any mage who believes in it. GenesisTech doesn't believe there is any difference between Hedge Magic, Psychic Abilities, Thaumaturgy, or the True Magic of the Awakened.

The company's official byline is that sorcery is the product of psychic abilities. These abilities are then erroneously channeled through superstitions of the wielder. These 'superstitions' might have some psychological benefit to focusing magic, but do not actually give any real benefit. They believe mages are normal human beings, though perhaps 'gifted' in some way. If there is a source for magic, it must be in the brain, but no one has yet figured out how.

Two Mage groups have expressed interest in the GenesisTech company. Agents of the Seers of the Throne have noted their scientific explanations might be able to be used to keep the Sleepers manipulated. However, at least one operative of the Silver Ladder is interested in exploiting GenesisTech's research for the greater control of the mortal world. Neither has done much more than speculate on the possibilities, at this point. GenesisTech employs several hedge magicians and a dozen psychics in its service.

Prometheans

GenesisTech has no real knowledge of Promethean society as a whole. They might investigate stories of Mummies, Golems, Androids, and reanimated corpses, but they're unlikely to draw any sort of commonality between them.

At this point, all GenesisTech has on them is rumors and stories that they are following up at a very slow pace. However, this may not be the case for long. At least some of the researchers of GenesisTech are interested in the concept of creating life from the dead. It is quite likely that, if they haven't already, it is only a matter of time before the Divine Fire is wielded by one of the scientists to create life to the dead.

Thus far, no Promthean has yet encountered GenesisTech. Most of them would find the idea of a corporation researching the supernatural to be simultaneously intriguing and horrifying. A few might attempt to make contact with them, before they realize that they're more likely to be treated as a lab specimen than a partner.

Others

GenesisTech believes in the existence of ghosts and have spent a large amount of research into exploring the possibilities of using them. They also believe in aliens, UFOs, and alien experimentation. This later bit is something that many of the scientifically minded of the corporation have an easier time swallowing than most of the supernatural things that they encounter. Ironically, the corporation believes it has gathered a very large amount of evidence for the existence of extraterrestrials by uncovering the remains of spirits at work.

A few scientists also speculate on the existence of things like the Yeti, Faeries, Angels, Demons, and the like, but most GenesisTech officials give them a wide berth.

Using GenesisTech in Chronicles

Mister Carlyle took a big puff of his inhaler as he walked up to the residence of David and Wilma Patel. A lawyer for the GenesisTech corporation, Mister Carlyle had been through a half dozen meetings with the pair of activists. They seemed to honestly have it in for the corporation. Not only had they spent most of their upper class American fortune trying to organize protests, marches, and letter writing campaigns against the company, but they'd even helped fund several class-action lawsuits against them for maleficence.

"I hate these sort of meetings," Mister Carlyle spit in his hand before rubbing it through his hair. Ringing the doorbell, he opened up his briefcase and started rifling through it.

The door opened to show Missus Patel with a typically contemptuous stare "Oh, it's you...."

Mister Carlyle removed his silencer equipped beretta and fired three bullets into her chest. The lawyer then stepped over her corpse and shot her husband in the back of the head. The fellow had just been turning from the telly. Thankfully, the couple had no kids. Those were the worst kind of missions to deal with. Nevertheless, it was now his place to rifle through their papers before calling in a clean up team. By mid-morning, this entire place would be spotless and the Patels would effectively disappear.

"Yes, I need you to take up their voice prints from their phones. We'll need to leave messages with all their friends and family about leaving town. Also, the paperwork has to be handled and a few actors will be needed to go through the motions of their life...." Carlyle paused as he pulled the wooden stake out of his briefcase, putting it to the side before taking out a mallet "I'm now going to disable the vampire in the basement. Be sure to make sure that we're clear for UV resistant transportation."

PCs as GenesisTech Agents

GenesisTech is an organization that could be an excellent base for mortal PCs to start from. The company is one that is morally ambiguous enough that heroic PCs can operate for it while simultaneously being confronted with its darker side on occasion. They have enough equipment and information to be able to present a credible threat to many supernatural organizations. Also, their goal of finding out more about the supernatural is one that can provide numerous adventure hooks.

Ultimately, a GenesisTech based chronicle is one that should walk a thin line between giving reasons to distrust their superiors while reinforcing their loyalty to it. While the obvious route is to have the player characters turn against GenesisTech when they discover them to be amoral and evil, a more ambitious approach might have them be viewed as the lesser of two evils. GenesisTech has the potential to save billions of lives with their supernaturally enhanced medicines, after all. Why not work to reform the organization from the inside?

A certain element of temptation should also be present. To employees 'in the know', GenesisTech offers a tremendous amount of authority and power. Their lawyers can get player characters out of most jams that don't threaten their security. The organization also encourages employees wallow in the wealth and excess that are provided them. A scientist that has been an ostracized nerd for much of his life might find it difficult to walk away from a job where he's given his pick of beautiful women and other fringe benefits.

The subtle threat that going against the company is a pointless exercise in futility might also lead many to reconsider turning against it. GenesisTech has the protection of most nations that it works in. Those who harm the company may find themselves branded as terrorists and hunted down by the authorities unless they can prove wrongdoing on a massive scale. Even then, certain governments are willing to look the other way.

GenesisTech as an Antagonist

The more obvious use of GenesisTech in a chronicle is that of an enemy. For supernaturals, nothing may be more terrifying than being captured and dragged off to some hidden laboratory for experimentation. The company isn't just of the mind to dissect their captured supernaturals, either. The organization has the idea of bending individual members into sleeper agents, inserting spies, and field testing their latest experiments in genetics.

While GenesisTech is primarily composed of human beings, there's nothing to prevent Storytellers from using them as the basis for other creatures as well. Their research has been going on for a very long time, and some of their more psychotic members may have taken on a very Doctor Moreau-like bent to their research. This runs the risk of making the organization too much of a comic book villain, but can help reinforce that studying the supernatural can be sanity eroding. Indeed, it may help various types of supernatural beings to see that human beings can be just as monstrous as they.

A less obvious use for GenesisTech is to utilize its purely mundane elements. Supernaturals might become concerned when they find out about any of the nasty dealings that the company is doing in their area. Genetic testing, chemical run-off, or other real world corporate excesses are all too easily inserted. When the player characters use their supernatural abilities to influence the event, they may be shocked to find that they are retaliated against by a group that is aware of their powers and are able to counter them in turn.

NPCs of GenesisTech

Here are some important movers and shakers in the GenesisTech corporation. These, by no means, represent the full number of stock holders and employees involved in the affairs of the supernatural. Instead, it is just a small sampling of individuals that have their own agendas in addition to those of the company. Were they to die or disappear, the GenesisTech corporation would likely go on without them.

Hanabishi Hideo (Chairman)

Hanabishi Hideo is the ninety-seven year old Chairman of the GenesisTech corporation. Not having aged since his forties, Hanabishi must live in seclusion and employ his grandchildren to serve as his proxies for most corporate decisions. He has not yet come up with a viable solution to resolving the problem of keeping control over his corporation, while maintaining the appearance of everything being normal. He has offered vast wealth to anyone that can provide him a solution for establishing a new identity that would allow him assume control of the company once more.

Hideo is a financial genius that has a tremendous amount of experience to draw from. Most of the vast success that GenesisTech has enjoyed is due to his iron fisted leadership combined with favoring long term growth over short term success. However, Hideo has not gotten to where he is without a willingness to skirt the edges of the law when not outright breaking them. He has changed thanks to his addiction for Kindred blood and the morality eroding effects of being a ghoul. Murder comes naturally to Hanabishi now, and he is not a man who would think twice about wiping out a whole family in order to get at one man.

Despite being an untrained ghoul, Hideo has developed numerous powers on his own. These include the ability to mesmerize individuals, to read auras, and the capacity to captivate audiences with his presence. Part of this has to do with his having sampled the blood of several different Kindred, in addition to his torporous son. Hideo resists abusing these powers too frequently, lest he become overly reliant on them. Nevertheless, they have proven a decisive factor in many business dealings.

Hanabishi Hideo is only concerned about his dual loyalties to his eldest son and the growth of his company. Despite having sired nearly a dozen other children since becoming a ghoul, most of which lean towards either insanity or mental deformity, he only has eyes for his eldest. The Vinculum has resulted in him developing an idolatrous worship of Sakaki's torporous body. Oftentimes, Hanabishi Hideo will visit his son and speak to his inert form for hours. Time, mixed with the nature of his work, has eroded Hideo's sanity. Hideo truly believes that his son communicates with him telepathically and is an enlightened individual of tremendous wisdom. It is likely he'd attempt to turn all of GenesisTech over to his son, should he awaken. This would not go over very well with the other stockholders.

Hanabishi Hideo is a somewhat portly Japanese man with a thin goatee, a penchant for finely tailored suits, and slicked black hair. In his rare meetings with outsiders, he often wears prosthetics to appear ancient. Hideo has also been known to impersonate his own grandchildren.

Marcus Shriver (Vice President)

Marcus Shriver hails from a small town in New England called Whiteport, Connecticut. Marcus was aware that the town was different from most in the world. They conducted the Black Mass, placated the old gods with sacrifices, and preserved the ancient wisdom. Indeed, Marcus always thought there was something seriously wrong with the rest of the world. Most people seemed utterly unaware of the reality of the dark forces. Marcus was an ambitious man that was aware he would become little more than a village high priest if he stayed in Whiteport. Having been educated by his father in the power of face sculpting and sympathetic magic, he murdered a young student of Yale before taking over his life. Several murders later, Marcus had inherited a substantial fortune and managed to just squeak by to graduation. Being a born sociopath, he felt no actual guilt for this action.

The young wunderkind businessman found success in the outside world to be a challenge. Marcus' magic gave him numerous benefits and, in passing his sister off as his wife, the young hedge magician gained the power of her Sight to provide insight into business deals. Nevertheless, his chemicals company was developing a bad reputation due to the amount of death that occurred to keep it afloat. Marcus decided to take over a Japanese business that was already successful, then spend the rest of his life playing golf. Hideo Hanabishi's partially inhuman nature protected him against most of the spells worked against him. Marcus also survived several mundane assassination attempts thanks to his sister's foresight. Ultimately, Marcus' talent of appearing more wise in the ways of the supernatural world than he was, convinced Hideo to take on the boy as his second in command.

Marcus is the chief party responsible for the corporation's expanded portfolio. A rather lousy businessman, Marcus is smart enough to surround himself with people who know what they're talking about. The con man can also pick out those who don't. Additional knowledge about the supernatural world is more enticing to Vice President Shriver than financial success, but he never lets this slip around the Board. While most of the recruits are individuals that cloak occult truths in scientific gobbledegook, Marcus tolerates them since he often has anything mystical brought to his personal stores after they finish analyzing it. The magician has grown greatly in power since then, though true magic eludes him.

Vice President Shriver is a pale skinned middle-aged man. Marcus looks like he might suffer albinism, a side effect of his face sculpting not being as refined as it could be. He tends to dress in finely tailored suits but his predatory nature is such that some suspect he's a vampire. Underneath his suits, Marcus' body is covered in tattoos and ritual scarification signs. While he still has a decade or two to go in this body, he's already making preparations to steal a younger, healthier executive's body in the future.

Doctor Noland Wilson (R&D Department Head)

Doctor Noland Wilson was a geneticist working for the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) when he began investigating strange blood samples that were brought to him by a colleague. The colleague would later reveal himself to be a werewolf that hoped a 'cure' might be found for his condition. Ultimately, the lack of success in discovering a cure resulted in his colleague going into a berserk rage that crippled the scientist for life. This would scar Noland mentally, as well as physically.

Noland Wilson was recruited by GenesisTech after four years of working on various abnormal blood samples in order to discover more about the supernatural, and has since become a driving force of the company. He is not a believer in the “supernatural”, instead believing that all the things encountered by agents are merely a hidden race of genetically divergent humans. This doesn't lessen his hatred of them or his desire for their eradication, however.

Noland has proven one of the most inspirational figures to new recruits in the corporation. The scientist has derived hundreds of insights into everything from pills to nanotechnology, thanks to his research into the “monsters”. Those who have doubts about the corporation often come to Doctor Wilson in order to receive a pep talk about the importance of the work they're doing. Even some of the mercenary employees visit the doctor for the occasional therapy session.

One thing that does rattle a few is the Doctor's fervent hatred of the supernatural. While he makes exceptions for psychics, Doctor Wilson has personally overseen the disposal of well over a dozen “specimens”. He has a particular hatred of werewolves and privately researches weapons for use against them. Education about the nature of supernatural beings has not dulled his loathing for them. Instead, each new fact only seems to harden his belief that they should all be destroyed.

While lacking supernatural abilities himself, Doctor Noland is one of the world's leading authorities on both medicine and biology. He is even capable of generating insight into projects outside of his area of expertise and personally supervises most 'special' projects. Noland is aware of the importance of keeping subjects educated about their work. To this end, he has established lectures and curriculums for new arrivals to become familiar with GenesisTech's findings. They even have their own in-house scientific magazine.

Doctor Noland is a quadriplegic man in his mid sixties with a neatly trimmed white beard. His motorized wheelchair is controlled by voice commands and a breathing tube. Noland privately hopes that there is some sort of cure for paralysis found within the supernatural, but a part of him is disgusted by the idea of merging himself with such things.

Inspirations

GenesisTech is an attempt to create an organization for the World of Darkness that more realistically represents the benefits and limitations of the supernatural used for business purposes. It takes some inspiration from the evil megacorporations of Shadowrun, White Wolf's own Pentex and D.N.A, Resident Evil's Umbrella Corporation, and the Centre from NBC's The Pretender. While it won't fit with everyone's conception of the NWoD, I've tried to make it a group that can be used in a variety of ways.

Shanghai - Chapter Eleven: Storytelling Shanghai

This chapter gives the Storyteller plot hooks and behind the scenes secrets essential to running a game in Shanghai.

by Eloy Lasanta (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

The city of Shanghai is ripe with stories, even more than has been presented in this book so far.  This chapter will introduce Storytellers to the theme and mood of this book, along with offering story ideas if you can’t come up with any.

Kuei-jin vs. Kuei-jin: The first and foremost conflict that could happen is pitting the Quincunx against the gaki.  These two sides have been battling for over a century, disregarding the interests and opinions of their neighbor shen.  But even though the Five August Courts have supposedly reclaimed Shanghai, that doesn’t mean that the gaki have chosen to simply concede.  In fact, after the losing the Twice Red Tiger Battle, the Bishamon have made it their duty to shove the Quincunx from its high horse.  Dozens of gun and sword fights are battled every week, with the shen in the middle of this fierce contest of might.  As both sides have very capable fang shih on their sides and harness the area’s Chi, it will be an interesting war indeed.

Kuei-jin vs. Kin-jin: The enemy of my enemy is my friend.  In most cases, this precept is true; however, the Quincunx do not agree with the sentiment in the Kin-jin’s case.  The Kin-jin are normally to be slain on sight, unless they have been allowed to stay in the city by the consent of Mo King Zhenyu or the Silent Mandarins.  This consent is as rare as jade falling out of the sky.  The Quincunx has pulled the western plague into the crossfire as well, causing many battles between them on a nightly basis.  The only place a Cainite is actually safe is within the borders of the many neutral locations in the French Concession.

The same is not necessarily true of the gaki, however.  In dire straights, the ketsuki have approached the Kin-jin for a cooperative stance against the Five August Courts.  Each is planning on stabbing the other in the back, but it is a valuable alliance none the less. 

Kuei-jin vs. hengeyokai:  The tension between the hengeyokai and the Kuei-jin can be cut with a butter knife.  This fact stands even truer during the current situations facing the Beast Court.  There is a reason why these two groups have not formally had an audience to address their problems: Black Rain Falls doesn’t know if he can hold back the entire nest from destroying the Kuei-jin ambassadors.  The Kuei-jin do not want to meet Final Death under false pretenses, as it is obvious that the problems with the hengeyokai nest will no doubt be blamed on them (remember that most Kuei-jin do not know the true intentions of the Glorious Shield Placement Plan).

Kuei-jin vs. hsien: Many of the hsien realize that they have been betrayed by the Kuei-jin on one level or another.  The storms were created in the hsien attempt to force the Kuei-jin confess to their wrong doings.  Even though their leader, Ye Haojie, believes that Mo King Zhenyu would do no such thing, it is clear in the minds of the other hsien that the Quincunx are the ones are fault and must pay, their usual fear of losing their precious Yugen pushed aside in favor of vengeance and hatred. And the Kuei-jin are not ready for such an attack, especially the gaki who really have nothing to do with the plans of the Five August Courts.  However, they may very pay for the Quincunx deeds.

Hengeyokai vs. hsien:  Although the hengeyokai have willingly invited the hsien to stay with at their dragon nest, the living arrangements are not always the best.  The space inside is limited and has now been filled to capacity with an abundance of elemental refugees.  Beings of such rage living in close quarters with those beings that hold themselves as better can, and has, caused many battle between the two, even though they are supposed to be allies. They work on the same side, with different agendas and this arrangement may not always lead to cordial feelings.

A Few Story Seeds...

The Kuei-jin

1. The Courting of shen: Quincunx characters have been sent to check on the reaction of the shen.  The Glorious Shield Placement Plan has caused quite a ruckus, and the characters are responsible for smoothing things over with them, averting major disasters.  This can include the hsien, Shih or even individual spirit courts.

2. Fresh from the Boat: The gaki rely heavily on the Green Courts for their importation of warriors and has asked or ordered the ketsuki characters to find the Green Court Representatives to arrange for more to be brought.  Finding them is another issue, however.

3. Wraithly Relations: Quincunx: Soldiers from the Dark Kingdom of Jade have asked for assistance in bringing down several renegade factions of Japanese and western Wraiths who are working together.  Will you be able to bring them down?  Gaki – The ancestors of one of the characters has asked for assistance in thwarting the Yellow Emperor’s rebuilding initiative.  Many spirit bombs have been collected, but they need some help fighting off the Imperial Guard.

4. The Secret Revealed: A rebel Quincunx Kuei-jin has found out the secrets of the Glorious Shield Placement Plan and has already left to inform the shen of Shanghai.  Stop him from blabbing to everyone! How did he find out anyway?

The Kin-jin

1. Discussions with the Dead: The Japanese gaki have come into contact with the Kindred on several occasions as of late.  These are peaceful and all performed by the same being as if they have a position just for dealing with the Kin-jin.  They seek the character’s assistance and vice versa.  The characters can be sent to meet with them and deliver the terms.

2. Duplicity: The Wan Xian believe their courts to harbor an immeasurable degree of betrayal and intrigue.  Interloping with the Damned of the West should teach them otherwise.  The characters can discover any amount of dissention between the elders and neonates.  Ferret, Heike, Fukayna; all of these Kindred have the knack for lying and but can be unearthed soon enough.

3. Family: Miguel has been searching for a new member for his pack among the locals, and has several candidates. The characters are selected to investigate each candidate beforehand.  What happens when the characters discover that one of the candidates has strong connections to the shen? What if they discover it after Miguel has already embraced him/her? The native shen won’t be happy with having one of their “family” cursed by the Kin-jin. The candidate could be kinfolk, kinain, a thrall, the family of a hunter or any other devious possibility that the ST can think.

4. Betrayal: Tian Wan-Jin has entered a pact with one of the other vampiric factions in the city, giving mutual support and help in the city, infested as it is with enemies of the Cainites. One night, a member of said vampiric faction that made the bargain is found dead, and all the signs point to the characters’ pack. Who is trying to disrupt this alliance? Why are the characters being framed?

The Xiong Reng

1. The Feng Shui Situation: The characters are part of a Wave Sentai created to investigate the disturbing shift in the local Dragon Lines.  This could lead to conflict with the (slightly) familiar Kuei-Jin or possibly with the upstart Kin-Jin Warlocks.

2. Take Back the nest: The flow of hsien to the court is becoming difficult to adapt to, and the characters are chosen to help take back the hsien nest…or perhaps to invade and take a new nest for the hsien.

3. Visitor: An unannounced visitor turns out to be sensei Mizuchi, and he has come to seek Black Rain’s council on his decision for the future of the Same-Bito, the characters are drawn into the (unsurprisingly) violent and turbulent Same-Bito politics.

4. Suspicious Alliance: A representative from the Silent Mandarins approaches the court with an offer of alliance to drive the hated gaki and Kin-Jin out. As the characters’ mentors and compatriots take sides on the decision, the characters are drawn into the murky and unstable realm of political skull-duggery.

5. Search for the Pup: Tak has approached one of the characters to help him search for Burnt Whiskers; the characters are in a position to earn substantial boons from both Tak and the young Kitsune's Grandfather, though they may find themselves in conflict with the mysterious 'Tremere'.

6. Quest for the Sickness: One of Nevermind’s mini-plagues has gotten loose and is running rampant through one of the city’s many slums.  The Nezumi characters are called in to help clean up the mess. This could very well bring them into direct conflict with members of the Beast Court.

The hsien

1. The Feng Shui Situation: The hsien are masters of Feng Shui themselves and with time and effort, could easily unlock the mystery.  A group of characters can enlist the help of the Kithain or hengeyokai to aid in the location of the culprits and the reenergizing of the Yu Yuan dragon nest.

2. Espionage at its Best: There are many beings that the hsien must check out, to see if they had anything to do with their loss of power.  The Kuei-jin, Kithain, hengeyokai, Hunters, even the Wraiths, must all pass certain test to see if they are behind this.  The characters can be those hsien chosen to infiltrate and discover everyone’s role in this play.

3. Daitya: The Daitya have always been prevalent in Shanghai, but the Li Shen has never accepted them.  The Mu Courts must be stomped at this time, more than any other.  Any Yu characters may come to the call of the hunt.

4. The hengeyokai Concerns: Even against their wishes, the hsien have been dragged into the hengeyokai affairs.  Any of the above Changer plot ideas will work to mix in the hsien as well.

Hunters

1. The fang shih: The Shih have been checking with their fang shih contacts about the problems in the city.  What will they say about the Feng Shui of the city and what if they work for the Kuei-jin?  Will the Quincunx retaliate on the Shih for their snooping?  Will the other hunters be able to fend for themselves?

2. The Foreigners: Imbued from the states have been on a constant exodus to the orient for the last few years and need more watching than the shen.  Can the native Imbued keep their brethren in check?

3. Old Connections: The Zaibatsu have recently been trying to reestablish their old territories in Shanghai.  Heaven’s Heavy Hand will not stand for this. Get ready for some Strike Force Zero vs. Heavy Hand action! Yet, the Heavy Hand also has the other hunters behind them as support. Who will win this battle?

The chi’n ta

1. Waiting: Even though the Namebreakers are standoffish concerning the new developments of the city, they are constantly spying on the other shen, waiting for their time to jump in. 

2. Fang shih: Many of the mages of Shanghai act as the fang shih followers of Mo King Zhenyu of the Kuei-jin, but many don’t know the full effect of what they do, as the secrets are hidden from all but the closest to Zhenyu.  But the Namebreakers work close enough to the old fang shih that they will eventually know his plan. How will they respond?

Wraiths

1. A Little Spying: The group of characters is commissioned by Wang Lien to execute a reconnaissance objective on the Quincunx.  What would happen if the Wraiths found out that their only salvation from the storms, the Bridge House Prison, will result in utter chaos in the entire city?  Will the treaty hold true, especially when it is the only thing saving the Dark Kingdom Jade at the moment?

2. The Rebels:  Any group of Wraiths may be involved in the collection of raw materials by rounding up the ghosts of those from the Conquered Territories or western rebels.  As well, any group can easily be composed of a unit of rebels, just trying to survive.

3. Moller: The former Moller Residence is an enigma to all Wraiths.  It is a constant maze of mystery and at the center is Mr. Moller.  He is the key to either the salvation of the revolutionaries or to the continued rule of the Dark Kingdom of Jade.  Both factions are looking into this single man that holds the fate of the Shadowlands in his hands.

Kithain

1. The Feng Shui Situation: Any group of Changelings can be added into the search for the source of the changes in the Feng Shui of the City, because it affects the Dreaming at the same time.  The Kingdom’s Eye is the Kithain society that is currently trying to solve this puzzle.

2.  The Chimera Situation: The Dreaming’s denizens have become fiercer recently.  The Thoraxian Legion is responsible for capturing these creatures and making Shanghai safe for the Kithain.  The Oriental Pearl TV Tower is the worst of their challenges. Will the characters be able to take them down?

3.  The Refugees: Shanghai stands as a refuge for Kithain all around the world and is the only place in the Middle Kingdom where they are safe.  Many groups of Changelings have quested out of Shanghai to save their brethren from certain death and let them know there is a better place to be.

4. Defending the Borders: As if clockwork, more soldiers from Pacifica have decided to start showing up again.  Add them to the rebel Scathach nobles who are scheming against the king and everything will hit the fan soon.  Will the Kingdom of Shining Waters survive after this catastrophe?

The Resurrected

1. Chaos: The constant unrest of the Whore of the Orient has attracted more than its fair share of Wu Xian in the past years, but few stay long.  To right the wrongs, a group of players can immerse themselves into the political madness and warfare.  We’ll see who pulls through in the end.

2. The Cabbie: Many Mummies of the Middle Kingdom have a definite sight in mind when arriving in Shanghai: to seek out the taxi driver Wu Xian who has seen the face of the Silent Mandarins.  If they can get that information before the Kuei-jin do, they could restore balance to Shanghai one day. 

The Fallen

1. Search for Faith: The first thing the Fallen work on in the Middle Kingdom is securing a source of Faith.  Pacts are easy to establish since the mortals are much more open to the supernatural. However, they are in strict competition with both the Face of the Gods Dharma and the hsien.  How will they survive? 

2. The Kuei-jin: there are two factions of Demons that work with the Kuei-jin (by choice or otherwise).  If newcomers to Shanghai were to discover these groups of the Fallen and their affiliation with the Flesh Court, what would be the reaction?  To join as well or to take down those who are controlling the Elohim against their will?

Shanghai - Chapter Ten: The Kingdom’s Eye

The Kingdom's Eye delves into the history of the Kitahin within Shanghai and thier current struggles so close to the 6th Age.

by Eloy Lasanta (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

In the old days, only the wondrous hsien traversed the Xi Wang Chi (The Dreaming). They were the formidable rulers of the Middle Kingdom’s dreams and their plentiful elemental power backed their steadfast determination to stay on top. Then the first traveler from the West arrived

Beginning in the early 1800s, the foreign trade routes got closer and closer to the isolated Middle Kingdom. Along with the first traders came the amazing dreams, legends and myths of the west. This caused a huge reaction from the hsien of the area, because it suddenly caused the birth of the Native Kithain, called Zhu Jing, in Zhongguo. The vile taint their presence caused the Middle Kingdom was not well received by the Kamuii, however, which lead to various impeding laws.

The Ministry’s Oppression

The Wu Hsien, hsien commoners, vigorously rebelled against the strict laws of the Li Shen, hsien Nobles, for centuries.  The use of Wu Tan outside of the exacting boundaries set forth by the laws of the Shui Fu was strictly governed.  The subjugated Hirayanu of Shanghai could do little against the edicts of the Li Shen.

The Zhu Jing began appearing in the 1830s, mostly commoners with little or no Remembrance.   Zhongguo, of China, was their indigenous home, as they were all Asian in descent.  However, the Mists hid most of them from sight, having only recently gone through their Chrysalis.  As mentioned above, in the eyes of the Kamuii, their very presence in the Middle Kingdom upset the natural order of power in Shanghai.  The Zhu Jing were all seen as commoners, even the few Sidhe among them, which raised the number of lessers that needed to be governed. The Li Shen Shui Fu in turn began implementing even more strenuous restrictions on both the Kithain and Wu Hsien.  The Yu courts of the Red Mandarin agreed with these laws and sent their Yu-Kuan forces to impose these regulations on the city.  They allowed no use of Glamour or Yugen without permission from the Li Shen.  The Wu Hsien and Zhu Jing suffered through these conditions for more than a century, but did not have the leadership or organization to oppose the Li Shen, now that they had the Yu enforcing their laws. Without this leadership, the Zhu Jing became Banality-ridden, as they often had to hide who they were to evade prosecution.

The War of Correspondence

Waigoren, western strangers who were obsessed with the Xi Wang Chi even more than the Po Jen, came from the lands of America, France, Russia and Great Britain.  With no Trods in the Middle Kingdom, they traveled in ways that are more conventional: boats.  They came by the tens and the chimera of the local Dreaming struck them down.  They came in twenties and were stomped under the foot of hsien oppression.   They came by the hundreds and nothing could stop them.

Upon arriving in the Middle Kingdom, the Waigoren had seen nothing but scorn from the Li Shen and had endured battle after battle with the Yu-Kuan.  Their court hearings never lived up to the prosperous dreams of peace for which they hoped.  Only a small number of them survived; those that were smart enough to stay under the radar of the hsien.  Until he came.

In 1959, shortly after Shanghai was evacuated of most foreigners, a Scathach warrior of an unknown past appeared in the city.  This lone Sidhe, Soliad Thoraxian, stood tall and proud and did not bow to the vicious authority the Li Shen tried to oppress him with.  Not only that, but he also called the commoners, Kithain and Hirayanu, of Shanghai under his banner. Many of them held fast to their surreptitious identities, but others more courageous rose to his calling.  Those that came forward were not only all of the Waigoren, but also many Zhu Jing who hid themselves for so long. 

The War of Correspondence had begun.  With the newly formed legion under his command, and some Po Jen connections he acquired during his stay, Thoraxian marched on the hsien dragon nest in Yu Yuan Gardens and demanded to be seen.  The Yu-Kuan resisted, but the army brutally defeated their first forces and even though the Kamuii’s magic was great, the army’s certain determination, courage and Glamour proved greater.  They toppled many of the detailed dragon-sculpted structures in the garden, searching for the Kamuii who had hidden themselves in plain view.  No matter how great their power was, they could not defeat an entire army.

The Kamuii had no choice but to show themselves.  To avoid further bloodshed, the Chu-ih-yu captain of the Yu-Kuan proposed a duel.  That was music to the ears of Soliad, who was a great duelist and master of the Dragon’s Ire.  The eminent spirit of the metal element stared at Soliad eye to eye.  During the course of the magnificent battle, the two fought with cunning and valor, but the mighty Sidhe stood victorious. 

The Kingdom of Shining Waters

Upon losing, the Chu-ih-yu gracefully withdrew his forces, respecting the Sidhe and Kithain's right to autonomy.   Soliad saw to it that all the Changelings have free reign in Shanghai and that he would establish a new kingdom, in which they could be a part of the Middle Kingdom like any other group of shen.  The Kamuii had no choice but to agree, as the honorable Red Mandarin commanded an end to the conflict.  After participating in various oaths of loyalty, fully backed by the Dreaming, the hsien and Changelings of Shanghai were as one entity and they signed the Treaty of Reverence.

The Red Mandarin looked at his options, considering each one carefully. Exploitation seemed the best choice of all.  Thoraxian was no fool. He played in the affairs of Sidhe for too long to be taken by such obvious manipulators.  His new kingdom would not fall so soon.

From all around the Middle Kingdom, Zhu Jing and Waigoren alike heard word of a newborn kingdom, one that had fought the hsien and won their respect.  From the far reaches of Asia, those Changelings began their exodus to Shanghai.  There was little for them hope for in the shattered world before the resurgence, but Soliad gave them that hope.

Po Jen

These hsien, mostly composed of Hirayanu, have been the only aids to the Kithain throughout the years. They are just as interactive with the Xi Wang Chi as the Changelings, which lead many other hsien to think they are crazy. This is seldom true and usually far from the case. They are seers, as the Dreaming somehow gives them powers close to the effects of Soothsay. They composed the few hsien who joined in the War of Correspondence to get equal rights for those that could teach them more about the Dreaming.

The Conditions

The first condition in the Treaty of Reverence was that the hsien and Kithain be seen as equals under the eyes of Heaven.  No longer would the Changelings fear death for using their powers or harvesting Glamour.  Another form of government was now visible in Shanghai, the Kingdom of Shining Waters, and the Kithain crimes could only be tried by this kingdom’s laws.  This rule was equal to the hsien, as Hirayanu of the area could only be tried by the hsien judges of the Hunan Province.

The second condition was that the new kingdom would assist in rebuilding the Yu Yuan Gardens.  This was the opening to the gates of understanding. Changeling and hsien working together towards a mutual goal was a truly glorious sight to see with Glamour and Yugen flying in unison.  This cooperative effort was complete in 1961 and is still standing today.

The third condition was that Soliad be allowed to light new Balefires and create a Trod in Shanghai.  With this he created new Freeholds, with the most important being the Shanghai Train Station. This site hosted the largest of all the Balefires in the city and was the personal home to Soliad himself until recently.

The fourth condition held the most power.  It stated that the hsien and Changelings were not only equals, but brothers as well.  They could call on each other for aid in battle, strategy or celebration and that the other would be bound to respond, even if it cost them their lives.  This was a clause that Soliad created, hoping to pull on the support of the hsien if ever the rival kingdoms ever dared attempt to usurp his power. Clever, but would prove to backfire on him.

Boundaries

Shanghai is a city of refuge for all Kithain.  The essential fact that the only Trod in mainland China resides in the city is obvious proof of that.  The Treaty of Reverence was a contract between the Kithain and hsien of the Shanghai.  These conditions are only for those Changelings who are currently within the boundaries of Shanghai. Any Kithain outside the boundaries of the city is on their own.  This is something the players should be made aware of as they travel through unharmed.  They should remember that if they were to step just one foot outside of the city, that they could be killed and have no repercussions come about at their deaths.

The Resurgence and More

In 1969, the Sidhe of the cowardly houses returned.  After staking all their claims and founding Concordia, the Kingdom of Pacifica set its sights abroad.  The final condition of the Treaty of Reverence proved truly worthwhile now. 

Although several Sidhe lords came honestly to serve with loyalty, others also came in an attempt to seize control of the Kingdom of Shining Kingdoms.  However, the Treaty of Reverence held strong.  Many common wars in the Dreaming, and in the Middle Kingdom alike, began and ended with only small casualties with the aid of their brothers, the hsien.

When conventional methods of attacks failed, assassination of the king was the next viable option.  The dreaded Secret Strike Brigade was called for duty.  These attempts never made it to Soliad as he went into hiding shortly after the first, surfacing only to have his protective magic recast.  He did not reemerge until a certain guest requested an audience, some 25 years later. 

Queen Aeron of House Fiona, Unseelie ruler of the Kingdom of Pacifica, disembarked in Shanghai, in 1995.  She had never seen such a wonderfully mysterious land.  She wanted it.  When the time of the audience approached, the two rulers sat and discussed the world as they saw it.  It is said the two views differed greatly, however the words they exchanged were never documented. 

Queen Aeron left only by the grace of her gods.  After piercing Soliad’s heart with a poison-tipped dagger, he lay dead and the journey to her ship to return her to her own kingdom was treacherous.  Soliad's followers pelted the queen with rocks and daggers as she climbed into her ship, barely surviving.

Soliad, sadly, could not be revived, but his written will was found.  In it was the crest of the kingdom and a statement that his adopted son, Zhang Bihuan, an eight-year-old Troll, would then be exalted to the King of the Kingdom of Shining Waters.  Throughout the next years under his rule, many of the Waigoren left the city. They did not feel that the foreign Kithain were well represented in the first place, but now that Soliad had passed, the multiplying Zhu Jing outrageously outnumbered them.  However, Bihuan proved to be an impressive ruler, even in his young age, to those who stayed, especially in recent events.

Current Situations

The worlds of the Dreaming have always been terrifying in Zhongguo, but they have grown increasingly worse in the recent years.  The numerous chimera of the Dreaming have always been fierce, but not to such a degree as they have become in the latest months.  Something is seriously wrong with the city, with its energy, with the Dreaming.  The changing of the fragile Chi-scape has affected even the Kithain.  They are not in tune with the energies of Yin and Yang, yet the Xi Wang Chi is becoming more perilous every day that Shanghai stays the way it is. 

News has spread to the king about the Li Shen’s weakened dragon nest.  The hsien ruler, Ye Haojie, has decided to enact the Treaty of Reverence this time and the Dreaming binds the Changelings of Shanghai to help.  King Zhang has vowed to do everything in his power to find out the source of this loss and has created certain societies to reflect this.

The Collective

The Red Mandarin wishes to be kept abreast of every advance the Kithain are making in their diligent searches.  The Collective was created as a way to communicate with the hsien. They are accountable for conveying all viable information to the Kamuii, usually through their Hirayanu messengers.  The disappearance of many of the Collective since the beginning of 2003 has made King Zhang Bihuan begin to worry.  Who would want their messages to be deterred?

Members of the collective are essentially unknown, except by the society’s leader, Eric Sullivan, and the king himself.  They wear no signature marks or any other indication that they follow the Kingdom of Shining Waters.  In addition, both Kithain and Hirayanu both serve in this society.

The Kingdom’s Eye

This society is the first collection of Kithain created by Zhang Bihuan, assembled for the purpose of investigating the occurrences in the city.  Many of them have trained in the arts of Feng Shui and are starting to sense something amiss in the city.  The lines of power are wrongly aligned and the signs point in every direction.  Any of the shen could be guilty, but whatever the case, it is their responsibility to find out who the devious culprits are.

Those that follow the Kingdom’s Eye wear a special bracelet that allows members to identify each other.  The bracelet is a simple rope, but has two charms, one of an eye and the other the crest of the kingdom, attached to it.  Only Kithain, mostly Zhu Jing, are members of this hidden society, as it has not been determined that the seemingly pious hsien themselves are not responsible for all the recent disasters.

The Thoraxian Legion

After the death of the illustrious Soliad, King Zhang Bihuan, called upon the finest knights of the Kingdom of Shining Waters and created the celebrated Thoraxian Legion.  In the recent months, dangerous chimera have begun running rampantly through the city, many of which have the ability to call upon the Wyrd.  The king leads this faction, being brought together in an attempt to calm their chimerical foes.

All chimera are simply captured, if possible, and brought to a freehold built for chimerical containment, a dungeon of sorts.  At this facility, the chimera are detained, away from those they could harm, until the problems that now plague the Middle Kingdom.  If the creature cannot be detained it is either made to flee or slain on sight. 

The knights who join this legion have nothing to hide.  They all wear the striking crest of the Kingdom of Shining Waters proudly upon their armor as they fight each demanding battle.  They are planning a strategic attack at the Oriental Pearl TV Tower in the near future.

Points of Interest

The New Shanghai Circus

This subgroup of acrobats and magicians is at the forefront of Shanghai Tourist attractions.  They have kept the ancient arts and traditions of Chinese acrobats alive and have combined them with several different styles of magic to form a new and amazing show. Before the Treaty of Reverence, many Zhu Jing wanted the chance to fulfill their dreams of performance.  They saw this dream come to life with the founding of the New Shanghai Circus. 

In 1959, shortly after the Kithain received equal rights in Shanghai, a number of separate prestidigitation and acrobatic clubs merged to create the Shanghai Magic and Acrobatic Group.  The Zhu Jing took this opportunity to audition and slowly integrate into the circus.  Later it was renamed the Shanghai Magic Troupe.  Foreigners that visited were amazed by the performances, but were saddened that there was nothing like this, except in China.  The New Shanghai Circus was created for this purpose.  It has traveled all over the world, performing for countries such as the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, Turkey, Korea, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Belgium, France, and Hong Kong. The Zhu Jing and hsien became a part of the show, whether it was performing, training or even the stage crew, whatever was available.  It is a plentiful source of Glamour and Yugen alike.

Rigorous training begins at the Shanghai Circus Academy, where Chinese between the ages of 11-45 audition to become part of the crew.  Only 24 (mostly women for some reason) are chosen and everyone must audition again each year to claim their coveted positions.  If they are accepted, they go through intense training for 3 to 4 hours a day, with needed focuses on balance, strength and grace.  Everyone involved in the fantastic show become like family.  Even when a performer is no longer able to participate, they likely turn to training the newcomers.

The types of performances done vary widely and at different times.  All of them are marvelous to behold.  The umbrella balance, aerial ballet, sword dance, group contortion, and nose balance are some of the acrobatic spectacles available.  On the magic stage, there are disappearing acts, levitation and various other illusions to wow the audience.  No actual Arts or Wu Tan are used in the impressive performances.  The shows schedule runs for 9 months a year (April to December), with either one or two shows a day for 6 nights a week. Now, they perform all shows at the famous Shanghai Center Theatre.

Shanghai East Circus Center

The imagination of the acrobats and the hopes of the New Shanghai Circus have lead to the structure known as the Shanghai East Circus Center to begin construction.  But what few mortals know in the Middle Kingdom is that this edifice already stands in the Xi Wang Chi (The Dreaming).  This is the site where the Zhu Jing members of the New shanghai Circus perform for their brothers and sister and a site of peace for both the Kithain and hsien. 

Eric Sullivan, foreign investor and the leader of the Collective, has spearheaded the building of the structure on the other wide of the Wall. He has received many offers for investment from all around the world and has been able to raise enough money not only for the project, but to fund the search for the reasons behind the pulsing with the Dreaming.

Shanghai Train Station

The largest Freehold and Trod in Shanghai both reside at the Shanghai Train Station in the north part of town.   It has been the seat of power has been since the birth of the Kingdom of Shining Waters, now lead by young King Zhang Bihuan.   He has resided here for the last eight years, performing all important court proceedings from his throne.

It is the site of the only Trod in or out of mainland China (the second is located in Kyoto, created in 1986).  Although, the hsien were initially reluctant to allow a portal to the Xi Wang Chi in the city, it has proved helpful on more than one occasion to have access to the strange realm.

The Oriental Pearl TV Tower

The year this wondrous structure was erected and the time of Soliad’s death both coincided with Bihuan’s rise to the crown.  It became linked to the Dreaming and is a wonder to mortal and Kithain alike.  Many mortals describe the tower as "two dragons playing with a pearl”, a beautiful sentiment to humans, but something much more meaningful to the beings of the Dreaming. 

The Xi Wang Chi brings the dreams of humanity to life and nothing could prove that fact more than the Oriental Pearl TV Tower.  Two dragons, powerful chimera from the Deep Dreaming, have made the tower their personal playground.  It is a striking view to behold the dragons, one as blue as a shimmering ocean and the other as red as burning flame, playing with a large pearl, struggling and fighting over it throughout the night, but it is forbidden for the Kithain to visit the Pudong during these times.  More than six Changelings of the Kingdom’s Eye have gone to investigate the dragons’ arrival in Shanghai, but none have returned.

Are they here by their own accord, were they summoned by someone, or are they the outcome of the strange Feng Shui that has corrupted the city?  Either way, it does not help the search to solve the problems with the Dreaming.

Kithain of Note (NPCs)

King Zhang Bihuan

Background: Bihuan started his life out in dark alleys of Shanghai, but Soliad Thoraxian himself saved him from the hardened streets. As a Childling, he discovered his true nature and quickly took up the art of war, combat and the ways of the knight. There was a grand celebration when Bihuan became a full knight, which also corresponded with his ascendance into being a wilder. He fought side by side with his adopted father up until Soliad’s assassination.

For the last eight years, the young king has ruled the Kingdom of Shining Waters with shaky ground. From his inauguration, his subjects began to abscond, leaving him with a reduced amount of warriors and workers. When the Collective arrived with word that the Red Mandarin’s courts required his aid, his job turned from bad to worse. Nevertheless, he is doing well in his honorable attempt to keep his subjects happy and fulfill his sacred onus to the Treaty of Reverence.

The role of a king has not been kind to him when it comes to courtly advances. The Suijen that rules the Hunan Province treats him with disrespect simply due to his age and often disregards his station as king. He still tries to command esteem from the hsien and has gotten a strong Hirayanu following, which really does no help in court.  He is the ruler of a kingdom, a small and hidden one, but a kingdom nonetheless.

Description: Being only 16 years old, he obviously has a youthful appearance in both his mortal and Fae Mien. In his mortal Mien, he is of average height and has thick brown hair, with dark eyes. Often he is seen wearing the same slightly ripped clothes day after day, as he does not have much money. In his Fae Mien, on the other hand, he stands proud, as a king should. He wears a small, golden crown, armor with the crest of his kingdom upon it and wields a large bastard sword.

Roleplaying Hints: You always present yourself with an air of naivety about you to throw everyone off their toes.  However, this often backlashes on you, making you seem childish, something you have tried to live down since you were a Childling.  You love being king and the respect it garners you, yet you hate being responsible for everyone and everything.  You also blame yourself for death of Soliad and the weakening of the Kingdom after his passing. But none of this ever shows on the surface.

Home: The Shanghai Train Station is the location where two subways and a train line meet.  Underneath the station, lie the former Freehold of Soliad Thoraxian and the current home to King Zhang.

Secrets:  During the Second Resurgence, many nobles of House Scathach ran to the Kingdom of Shining Waters looking for refuge.  Soliad gave them solace, but they have started to conspire against the kingdom after his passing.  This is a recent event, but Bihuan has not divulged this information to anyone, but his closest followers.

Influence: As ruler of the Kingdom of Shining Waters, all the Kithain of Shanghai are bound to his words.

Court: Seelie, Legacies: Regent / Ringleader, House: Scathach, Seeming: Wilder, Kith: Troll

Attributes: Physical: Strength 4, Dexterity 3, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 2, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 2, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 2, Athletics 2, Brawl 2, Dodge 2, Intimidation 1, Kenning 1, Leadership 2, Streetwise 1, Skills:  Crafts 2, Etiquette 1, Melee 3, Security 1, Survival 2, Knowledges: Investigation 1, Linguistics 2, Law 2, Lore: hsien 3, Politics 2

Arts: Chicanery 1, Primal 4, Wayfare 2

Realms:  Actor 3, Fae 4, Nature 3

Backgrounds: Chimera 3 (Items), Dreamers 2, Holdings 5, Title 6 (King), Trod 5

Glamour: 5, Banality: 2, Willpower: 6

Yu Wentong

Background: The press called her the ‘magnificent and incomparable’ Yu Wentong when she was younger. She was one of the performers in the New Shanghai Circus, doing the Barrel Contortion and Sword Dance performances and was the forerunner in her skill and leader of the circus for years. It was even her idea to create the New Shanghai Circus, mostly to quench her urge to travel. Surviving in the circus until the age of 36 took years of training and hard work. However, it ended with a simple knee fracture.

One year ago, during a routine practice session, a barrel landed on her knee with the weight of three other performers on it as well. She went through countless procedures to heal the immense damage done, but none were successful. The doctors told her never to perform again, or lose use of that leg permanently. Therefore, instead of harming herself any further, she has begun her life as a trainer at the Shanghai Circus Academy. 

In Kithain affairs, King Bihuan has appointed her as the new leader of the Kingdom’s Eye. She has the colossal duty of now trying to find out what is going on in the City and was given only a small force to carry this out this duty. She has lots of free time, so why not serve her Kingdom that keeps her safe from the harm the Kithain would be under if they broke the Treaty of Reverence.

Description: Even at 37, Wentong is a very beautiful woman. She is of average height and is very flexible as well as strong. In her mortal Mien, she seldom wears more than her tights or sweatpants with T-shirt that promotes the circus. In her Fae Mien, she stands fully decked in a red, traditional Chinese acrobat suit, designed with dragon scales and silk.

Roleplaying Hints:  You are very devoted, not only to your community, but also to your kingdom.  You will most often put the needs of others before your own. Especially since the one thing you lived for, performing, is gone from you life.  You will usually seem distant to onlookers as well, as you constantly daydream about the way things could have been.

Home: Wentong lives in a small apartment building near the Shanghai Center Theater. 

Secrets:  The Kithain find it easy to hide in plain sight, making the snooping that the Kingdom’s Eye does quite successful ordinarily.  Wentong knows the locations of many of the obstructions in the Dragon Lines, but is not saying anything until all her facts check out.  If caught by enemy shen, the information they could get out of her would be monumental.

Influence:  The Kingdom’s Eye has great sway over the Changeling community, as they are his last hope to solve the disorder of the region, in the eyes of the people.

Court: Seelie, Legacies: Troubadour / Riddler, House: none, Seeming: Grump, Kith: Eshu

Attributes: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 3, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 2

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 1, Dodge 3, Empathy 2, Kenning 2, Streetwise 2, Skills: Etiquette 2, Melee 4 (Sword Dance), Performance 3, Stealth 2, Knowledges: Computer 1, Gremayre 2, Investigation 3, Lore: hsien 1, Politics 1

Arts: Chicanery 2, Legerdemain 3, Soothsay 1, Feng Shui 1

Realms: Actor 4, Fae 2, Prop 2, Scene 2

Backgrounds:  Contacts 2, Dreamers 2, Resources 2, Retinue 3

Glamour: 4, Banality: 5, Willpower:  7

Eric Sullivan

Background: Mr. Sullivan has been with the Kingdom of Shining Waters since its prestigious creation. He stood with Soliad during the legendary War of Correspondence and even helped to rebuild the scenic Yu Yuan Gardens. On top of that, he has been the Know-it-all of the realm for decades. He uses his natural ability to get into others’ business quite well, mostly with his many dotcom companies that he owns.

When King Zhang called upon Eric to lead the Collective and serve as the king’s advisor, it was to no one’s surprise. He started by arranging a meeting spot at the Shanghai Center Theater (easily enough with Yu Wentong’s help) where the representatives of the Hunan Province and he could speak in private. He then read up on the Tongs of Shanghai and slowly leaked himself into their contacts. He now has much of the Old City and International Settlement in his pocket. Dealing with the French Concession presents a problem however, as it is crawling with bloodsucking cheats and thieves. That is definitely a challenge worth going for, especially for a white man.

Description: As one of the more business-like agents of the Kingdom of Shining Waters, Eric wears designer suits. He is Caucasian, with brown hair that is prematurely graying and glasses. He is a very distinguished looking man at only the age of 23, but looks older than he is.  In his Fae Mien, he is a tad shorter and wears brown boots, and fatigue like clothes, brown in color, with a blue vest over them. 

Roleplaying Hints:  You are a ruthless investor and investigator.  Not only are you heading up the project to build a Shanghai East Circus Center in the Wyrd, but you have also been appointed as King Bihuan’s personal advisor and the leader of the Collective.  You have a lot of things on your plate and have very little time to mess around.  Some will think you are cruel and heartless, but you are just ‘doing your job’.

Home: Mr. Sullivan stays in his penthouse apartment located in the Bund. 

Secrets:  Although Eric likes the king on a personal level, he always knew that as soon as Soliad was gone, a Zhu Jing would end up on the throne.  He has secrets plans to get rid of the new king, but has not found a way yet.  He intends to place with himself or another Waigoren on the throne. He cannot complete his plan until the problems with the Dreaming and city’s Feng Shui are complete, however. Will his plans come to the surface before then and destroy his squeaky-clean reputation in Shanghai?

Influence: Eric has both financial and community influence in the city. His links with local Tongs and his investment properties give him the edge he needs.

Court: Unseelie, Legacies: Sage / Pandora, House: none, Seeming: Wilder, Kith: Boggan

Attributes: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 2, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 4, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents:  Alertness 3, Dodge 2, Empathy 2, Leadership 1, Streetwise 2, Subterfuge 4, Skills: Etiquette 2, Firearms 2, Security 2, Stealth 2, Knowledges: Computer 2, Enigmas 1, Gremayre 2, Investigation 3, Law 2, Linguistics 3, Lore: hsien 3, Politics 3

Arts: Chicanery 2, Primal 1, Soothsay 1, Sovereign 1

Realms: Actor 3, Fae 3, Prop 2, Scene 2

Backgrounds: Contacts 5, Holdings 1, Remembrance 3, Resources 4, Retinue 3

Glamour: 4, Banality: 4, Willpower: 7

Shanghai - Chapter Nine: Triple Threat

This chapter covers what happens when the fates of the Imbued cross those of the shih and Strike Force Zero.

by Eloy Lasanta (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

The battles between mortals and the shen have existed since the dawn of time in the Orient. This tradition has not been lost to the mortals of the modern day. The shen hunt even more vigilantly in the End Times, pushing for more protection that the small forces of hunters cannot provide by themselves. The fates of the three types of hunters are intertwined, a discovery that will only come to fruition in the City of Shanghai.

The Shih

The city of Shanghai has not gone untouched by the protection of the Shih, demon hunters that lurk in the nightmares of the shen. On the other hand, the city has received only the most minimal protection for the past 60 years, as many Shih who entered the battlefield were slaughtered under the weight of hundreds of warriors on both sides of the ongoing wars.

There has been one Shih that has survived every attack and battle that has commenced and has lived for over 120 years. This man is known only as Xiaodu and has become legend in the streets of Shanghai. He has single handedly trained 50+ Shih in the ways of hunting the shen and preserving the peace and has created many new and different Qiao to aid that cause. Even though it has been difficult, Xiaodu has tried his best to achieve comparable peace in Shanghai.

Many of Xiaodu’s students have gone on to become great protectors of other great cities. Wang Sying the Striking Fist and Nui Xiaocai the Pearl Chain of Kowloon are just a few examples of his impact on the Middle Kingdom, but there has been great turmoil in his temple in the past months. A mysterious coma-like sleep has overtaken the wise sage, despite the great Qiao he possessed. Many of his students have decided to return to Shanghai to be with their master in his final days; only a hand-full reside in Shanghai currently, but more will arrive soon.

The Discovery

Upon arriving in the city, Jun Shun the Magnificent Slaughterer of Beasts, Xiaodu’s top student, discovered many plots afoot. After prowling the abandoned factories, the red-light neighborhoods and the seemingly pristine business districts, he felt the energy of the areas uncomfortable, stagnant. Speaking with many fang shih who were loyal to Xiaodu, Shun found that the Feng Shui of Shanghai has been tampered with in a monumental way. He has made it his mission to see to it that the city is returned to a state of peace, something his teacher was unable to do.

Jun Shun waded a path through the town’s shen, making deals and threats to gain information on the events that have transpired in the recent months. He wandered until he discovered a previously unknown clique the Shih referred to as the Celestial Army, as well as a renegade faction of Strike Force Zero.

Shun has swallowed his immense pride and has reluctantly teamed up with the leaders of each of these groups in the hopes of finding more data about the catastrophe of Shanghai, and possibly the origin of his master’s illness.

The Imbued

The number of Imbued in the Middle Kingdom has reached an all time high in 2003, many being drawn by the stories of Asia on HunterNet. They are normally surprised to find, not only another type of hunter – the Shih – in Asia, but also many Imbued that have been chosen in the lands of the East. This is the sign of many things to come. Whether this is good or bad is unknown.

The Celestial Army

There once was a group of Shih that took the power they learned and used it without training and without planning. They also attacked all shen, evil and good alike, for no reason. They eventually turned on each other and their empire burned with the flame of their own desires. This is how the Imbued are viewed in the Middle Kingdom, untrained, puny mortals given power they have no way to control.

For the native Imbued, it is not only a question of power or destroying the wicked, but of respect as well. They must work together with the local hunters to learn. The organization of the hunters in Asia is a bit tighter than those in America. Their population is not as high, leading those of all creeds to band together, despite their differences. The leader of this group is a follower of the Redeemer Creed, Chui Puiyun. She rules with many suggestions from the wise Jun Shun of the Shih, as he teaches the Imbued better control and use for their abilities.

The Foreigners

For those Imbued that travel to the Orient from other countries, it is quite different than with the majority of the shen’s dealing with the west. Foreign hunters are respected for their courage for coming to a land that is far more dangerous and are welcome by the native Imbued with open arms. Those who are easily suspicious or are loners by nature tend to shy away from the native Imbued’s openness about their powers and abilities. The shen know about them here. That can’t be a good thing.

Strike Force Zero

The Zaibatsu, an eastern division of the Technocracy, has forever held its sway over Japan. Its grip has always faltered in the lands of China, however, commonly because of the Shih’s conviction and territoriality.  Don’t forget the national enmity towards the Japanese for instigating the invasion of the World War in general, as well as the atrocities committed in Nanjing in particular.   But in the city of Shanghai, this differs greatly. 

Heaven’s Heavy Hand, or Heavy Hand for short, has existed in Shanghai for the last 70 years, establishing itself just before the squabbles that began WWII.  Its forces were strong in the beginning, paving the way for the Japanese soldiers to easily conquer many parts of China and Korea. But today, they are seen as a rebel faction, traitors to the cause, after they teamed up with a group of Shih and fought against the depraved actions of Nanjing. This interfered with the Zaibatsu’s plans, so the Heavy Hand was cast out of fold, stripped of all their power and rank. 

The Struggling

In modern day Shanghai, Heaven’s Heavy Hand has all but disbanded. They are small in number now and only have limited resources of money and enhancements to use against the supernatural. Over the last five years, several agents have been reported MIA, leading the Heavy Hand to seek refuge and assistance. They cannot return to their roots. Their last attempt in 1985, led to the death of their leader and much chaos within their ranks. So their current leader, Fu Xue-Ren, has instead decided to join forces with the city’s other hunter troupes. They are quite different, but help is needed in whatever form it may come. Japanese economic investment in the PRC has been increased substantially in the last 30 years, allowing SF0 proper to enter the city, but the Heavy Hand has stayed under their all-knowing radar thus far.

The Union

The juxtaposition of the 3 distinct hunter groups came into being on May 20th, 2002, dubbing themselves the United Front, and has existed as a strong force to supernatural occurrences since. On the outside, they seem to be a well-oiled machine, fighting as one and in perfect unison. From inside its doors, the conflict and inward battling is almost non-stop.

Many Imbued, especially those from other countries, do not appreciate the Shihs’ constant criticism and authoritarian glances. They side more with the views of the Heavy Hand, yet dislike the huge amounts of gadgets and implants they present. It makes them even more nervous the blade-toting Shih. The Strike Force Zero ex-agents prefer fully laid out battle plans as opposed to the guerrilla tactics used by both the other factions and the Shih dislikes anyone who isn’t as grand and trained as they are. Power in the hands of the untrained is foolhardy indeed.

Despite the differences, however, they pull together in times of trouble. But their small and fragile empire could tumble down, leaving nothing to stand against the shen of the Middle Kingdom.

The Leaders

Only one part of the United Front actually works well: the relationship between the factions’ leaders.  It is strange, as the different hunters usually hate each other, but there some sort of metaphysical connection between them. 

After seeing many fortune tellers and psychics, it has been found out that they all shared a previous life.  Shun and Xue-Ren were brothers who fought for the love of the lovely Puiyun over 400 years ago.  Her blood, then, had the power to give immortality to the brother who drank it.  Does it still have that same power after so many lifetimes? 

The leaders are beginning to, after being in each other’s presence for so long now, show similar traits as their past lives.  The Shih and Heavy Hand agent both attempt to court the Imbued, while at all times they avoid the thoughts of cultivating her blood.

This Ain't the Justice League

The teaming up of the city’s Hunters can be misinterpreted, so here is an explanation.  No there is not a central headquarters for the union, where they meet together to view the problems in the city and run off as a team to conquer them.  The union is simply that all hunters must not fight each other and must help another hunter if they see on in need.  This is a game of survival for us, but it’s not a game for the characters.

Hunters of Note (NPCs)

Jun Shun, the Magnificent Slaughterer of Beasts

Background: Raised since the age of 6 by one of the greatest Shih, Xiaodu, Jun Shun possesses the fury and rage of any good warrior.  He has combated the forces of Yomi and the other shen who step out of line for decades of his life, leaving little for any actual emotions.

For many of the recent years, he became a monster himself, indulging in the pure joy of killing the shen, and even mortals, whether or not they actually deserved.  But in the recent nights, his emotions have become inflamed.  His master, teacher and ‘father’ has contracted a strange disease and his only mission is to find the culprit responsible – if there is one.  But what does the now vulnerable Shun do about sudden feelings about Puiyun.

Description: A rugged looking man, hardened by a life of killing and death.  He has shoulder-length, straight black hair that falls over his eye ever so slightly.  In every way he is attractive, except for his personality.  He is seen, mostly, wearing his black trench coat and sun glasses.  These items are enchanted and he will do anything to get them back if they were stolen.

Roleplaying Hints: You are a cold bastard who has done some really outlandish shit! But you have no regrets except one: that you were not there to defend your master.  Now you have 2 agendas, first to find the person behind the disease of your teacher and trying to turn the beautiful Puiyun away from you.  You have a feeling that if she chooses you, then you might not be able to resist drinking her blood.  Try your hardest to stay way, no matter how hard it is.

Home: Shun has no one place where he dwells.  But he frequents the home of Xiaodu, just west of the Shanghai Children’s Palace, often.

Secrets: After several prophetic dreams, Jun Shun has realized one thing: Puiyun’s could save his master.

Influence: He is a legend among the Shih and leader of their faction of the United Front.  If needed, he could flex his power, but that time has not come yet.

Nature/Demanor: Loner, Hunter Class: Shih

Attributes: Physical: Strength 4, Dexterity 4, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 1, Manipulation 2, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents:  Alertness 3, Athletics 3, Dodge 4, Empathy 1, Intimidation 2, Streetwise 3, Skills: Drive 3, Firearms 3, Melee 4, Martial Arts 5 (Mo Kung Chi), Security 3, Stealth 3, Survival 3, Knowledges: Computer 2, Investigation 2, Law 1, Linguistics 1, Medicine 3, Occult 4

Qiao: Zhu Mao 4, Mo Kung 3, I Shen 2, Long Ling 2, Yu An 1, Feng 1

Backgrounds: Mentor 5, Fame 2, Favors 5, Ally 2

Virtues: Conscience 2, Self-Control/Yin 4, Courage/Yang 4

Humanity: 5, Willpower: 9, P’o: 2

Fu Xue-Ren

Background: Fu Xue-Ren lived a normal life in Shanghai, until the Zaibatsu showed up.  Even though they were of Japanese blood, the Techno-mancers entranced several of the younger Shanghainese into joining the cause against the dark forces that prey upon humanity in the night.  Xue-Ren was one of these young people who enlisted in 1990.  He learned the intricacies of Strike Force Zero and Heaven’s Heavy Hand in general, including the fact that they were exiled and their attempts to regain their lost status. 

In 1998, at the age of 28, he was raised to the rank of General, the leader of the scattered force.  He has led well in the past half decade, killing as many as 150 shen himself, but has recently been distracted by the beauty of the young Puiyun.  His main focus is on her and her blood.  The three leaders have all had dreams and know what they must do. Can he resist the sweet blood of immortality for love?

Description: In his early 30’s, Xue-Ren stands tall and muscular (which are mostly enhancements).  He has a strange metallic quality to him, yet is he is quite attractive that way.  He wears normal clothing or whatever he can get his hands on.

Roleplaying Hints: You present yourself as a gentle lover to Puiyun, yet in the back of your mind you want her precious blood.  You don’t know, however, if it’s worth losing her affections to live forever.  When dealing with anyone else, you are a bastard, barking out orders that you expect to be followed immediately.

Home: He makes his home near to Puiyun in the International Settlement.

Secrets: He has made deals with certain Kuei-jin in the city to give him leads on who to kill and when. A small mercenary group of sorts.  This is an inventive way to plot the death of Puiyun as well.

Influence: He has a small force of other Ex-Agents under him, but nothing other than that.

Nature/Demeanor: Deviant/Bravo, Hunter Class: Strike Force Zero

Attributes: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 2, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 4, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents:  Alertness 2, Athletics 2, Brawl 3, Dodge 2, Intimidation 2, Leadership 4, Streetwise 3, Subterfuge 2, Skills: Drive 2, Etiquette 3, Firearms 4, Melee 2, Security 2, Stealth 1, Survival 3, Knowledges: Bureaucracy 2, Computer 3, Investigation 2, Law 2, Linguistics 1, Occult 2, Politics 2

Enhancements: Enhancers (Arms), Internal Tracking Gear, Video Eyes, Emotion Suppressors, Sheath (Leg)

Backgrounds: Arsenal 3, Contacts 3, Equipment 1, Rank 5, Resources 3

Virtues: Conscience 3, Self-Control/Yin 4, Courage/Yang 3

Humanity: 6, Willpower: 7, P’o: 1

Chui Puiyun

Background: Puiyun was awoke from her plain life as a timid waitress one day when her restaurant was attack bloodsuckers.  One of which was her brother that died over a year before.  Using her powers and her natural investigative skills, she was able to track down her brother and convince him that his bouts of violent attacks were wrong.  This was what she wanted to do wither life.

The Shih left her alone most of the time, however more and more Imbued came started to influx into the city, giving those Asian Imbued a bad name along with the rest.  Her next mission was to compile them all and teach them the right way to do things.

The United Front was her idea, after meeting the other leaders and deciding that something had to be done about the recent events.  Her connection to the two men is a strange one.  For some reason, feelings she’s never had has sprung forth but are directed towards both men.  And yet, they both act strangely in her presence.

Description: A beautiful, intellectual woman, Puiyun dresses more conservatively. She lets her hair down sometimes, but only on special occasions.  She can be very beautiful if made up correctly, but otherwise she still enjoys her librarian look she gives off.

Roleplaying Hints: Normally a shy woman, you have no quams about putting a shen or other hunter in their place, but the work is strenuous.  You have feelings towards both Xue-Ren and Shun and the choice will be hard to make when the time comes.

Home: just north of the International Settlement.

Secrets: none of great importance, and does not know about her immortal blood.

Influence: many in hunter circles know her name, although she has particular pull unless you are a member of the United Front.  But that doesn’t stop her from trying to convert you.

Nature/Demeanor: Caregiver, Creed: Redeemer, Primary Virtue: Mercy

Attributes: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 1, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 2, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 2, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Awareness 3, Dodge 3, Empathy 4, Intuition 2, Leadership 2, Skills: Crafts 1, Etiquette 2, Melee 2, Performance 3, Stealth 2, Knowledges: Computer 1, Finance 2, Investigation 3, Occult 3,

Edges: Hide (Innocent), Bluster (Redeemer), Insinuate (Redeemer), Foresee (Visionary), Pinpoint (Visionary), Ward (Defender)

Backgrounds: Bystanders 1, Contacts 2, Destiny 3, Fame 1, Exposure 5, Patron 2, Resources 2

Virtues: Mercy 4, Vision 3, Zeal 1

Conviction: 8, Willpower: 6, P'o: 0

Shanghai - Chapter Eight: Necropolis

This chapter deals with the trials of the dead in Shanghai and their dealings with the Kuei-jin. Additional Material: Eloy Lasanta

by Juhl Heine Jensen (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

The lands of shadow, the underworld, the Dark Umbra – it carries many names. This should perhaps not come as a surprise. Thoughts of ones’ mortality springs easily to mind followed just as naturally by thoughts of what follows after death. In these parts of the world, it is commonly called the Yin World.

Like all parts of the lands of the restless dead, the Yin World is marked by the raging Sixth Maelstrom. Add to this a ferocious three part war, and you have Necropolis Shanghai. Ghosts are fighting kuei, forces loyal to Yu Huang battle rebel factions, while the ghosts of foreigners try to find their place in their afterlife.

Effects on a Shattered Kingdom

For Yu Huang’s empire, the Maelstrom could not have hit at a worse time. Having already severely depleted his resources, preparing for the war against the western empire of Stygia, Yu Huang is struggling to keep his own empire from collapsing. The Conquered Territories that have long been the main source of the kingdom’s income are struggling for their freedom, and their regular tribute no longer flows as freely – if at all – as before.

Nor are the Conquered Territories the only ones that saw the onset of the Maelstrom as their chance. As he did the last time a Maelstrom hit, and as he has done every time trouble hit the Dark Kingdom of Jade, Yu Huang used the Immortal Guard to secure the area around Xi’an. Since then, he’s worked out from that base, securing more and more of what he considers his Empire.

Currently Yu Huang’s main focus lies on two fronts. The first deals with quelling the unrest, which still rages at the border to the Indian Dead Lands. Secondly, the Maelstrom has unleashed a number of tenebrous horrors that have made a number of shifting alliances among themselves. They may not equal Yu Huang’s might one on one, but as it is they have proven themselves quite a problem.

What does this mean for Shanghai?  Shanghai holds great strategic importance for the Dark Kingdom of Jade. In the realms of the dead, a large population equals a large source of resources. A great number of the troops called home from Stygian soil returned to the port of Shanghai – those that made it through, at least – and although most of them were directed to other fronts at Yu Huang’s whim, a fair number of them remained. It is rumored that they were stationed there mainly to protect against the threat of an invasion from the Japanese Dead Lands, as no official reports had been received from the magistracy of that particular Conquered Territory.

The First Strike of the Storm

The Maelstrom hit the Dark Kingdom of Jade by surprise. As the first winds picked up, and Spectres of all kinds rode in over the city like a dark shadow, the few soldiers of Yu Huang’s military present in the city were mainly responsible for what coordinated resistance there was, receiving only a token support from the Communist families of Shanghai.

That they succeeded in keeping Shanghai from being overrun in those first days, against such overwhelming odds, certainly talk of their determination and organization.  The horrendous losses suffered by the military were soon more than replenished by battle-weary troops, returning from Stygian soil to the shores of China.

The following time also sported a number of minor attacks by rebel factions, thinking to use to confusion caused by the Maelstrom to hurt the established magistracy.  The city’s major rebel group, the Struggle Against Qin, remained passive, though, deciding that now was not the time to reveal themselves. Even uncoordinated as they were, they could have caused great damage in those first faithful hours, were the military had other foes to fight.

No small credit for reducing these attacks to annoyances went to Shanghai’s Chief Judge, Wang Lien. Promising aid in scouring the city of the gaki, she was able to make deals with the Kuei-Jin of the Quincunx, ensuring their aid against the revolutionaries. This was a perfect deal for the forces of the Dark Kingdom of Jade – they had on their own wrestled against the gaki for some time, and thus were more than ready to strike against them.

One group managed to wrest some control from the magistracy, however. To tell that tale, we will have to take a dive back in time. The story revolves around a single building.

The Former Moller Residence

The story about Mr. Moller goes back to the first half of the twentieth century. This Swedish man came empty-handed to the Paris of the East in 1919, intending to make his fortune. And make a fortune he did indeed. Possessing the luck of the devil, he won large sums gambling on horse and dog races. Only a few years after his arrival in Shanghai, he was a board member of the Jockey Club. Though never losing the urge to gamble, nor his love for the races, he was smart enough to diversify his holdings. Both a real estate firm and a steam boat company came to carry his name.  Having thus gone from empty-handed youth to Taipan of Shanghai, Eric Moller decided that he should have a home that reflected his status. 

It is now that the story gets really interesting. Having now lived in Shanghai for years, Moller had taken to the ways things are done in China, and as he stood before a major business decision, he did the only sensible thing:  he went to a fortune teller.  It wasn’t information on his business transactions, which an ashen-faced Moller took with him from the fortune-teller, however. What he was foretold was that he would face a grim fate on the day that his new mansion was completed.

Feeling better the next day, Mr. Moller began doubting the words of the fortune teller.  However, wing after wing was added to the original blueprints of the mansion, delaying the day that it stood complete – just in case. Nothing lasts forever, though, and in 1949 the mansion stood complete.  That year was also the year of the communist takeover in China, and the year of Moller’s death.

Moller’s entry into the Yin World wasn’t gentle. His reaper was Mr. Pan, the ghost of a Chinese businessman and member of one the Communist families of Shanghai.  This Pan was embittered after a life where he had seen western businessmen enjoy greater success than their Chinese colleagues.

Although the treaty that declared that any western ghosts fell under Stygian purview had been reinstated after WW2, constant violations continued. Pan in particular paid little heed to this treaty, reaping and selling captured western ghosts to certain members of the Magistracy.  All of this without alerting the sensitive Stygian representatives of course.

Moller, however, represented everything that had stood in his way in life – or so he felt. Pan made it his goal to, in turn, claim everything that had been Moller’s. Thus the first natural step was to make his home in the Moller Mansion, which had manifested itself as a major Haunt in the Yin World. Chaining the late Swede in the basement of his own manor, his Corpus Moliated beyond recognition, Pan spent the next years coming up with little ways to make Moller’s existence as unpleasant as possible.

These years proved most auspicious for Pan. As the head of one of the many Communist Families on the dark side of the Shroud in Shanghai, Pan benefited greatly when the Former Moller Mansion was made the seat of the Youth Communist League. In the years following, Pan drew deep on the youth’s feverish devotion to the ideals of communism, which so closely mirrored his own, sating his thirst for the Pathos of the living.

Thus years went by for the unfortunate Moller; his only companion his Shadow, whispering sweet words of revenge in his ear. His chance for revenge came with the Sixth Maelstrom. The initial storm shook even the Moller Mansion, breaking his chains, setting him free. No one saw Pan since that day. The rumors about what happened are many.  Some say that Moller, in his rage, sent Pan headlong into a Harrowing. Others, believing that to be too easy a way out for Mr. Pan, eyes the barges often found near Mr. Moller with questioning eyes.

Not long after Mr. Moller regained control over his Mansion, at least in the Yin World, it was decided that the seat of the Youth Communist League should be relocated. The official reason seems to differ, depending on who you ask, but it seems curious that these two things happened shortly after each other. These days, however, the Former Moller Mansion serves as a hotel, catering to the wishes of visiting tourists, who’ll all hear the tale of Moller, if they didn’t know it already. While it might not be exactly what he had wanted for his Mansion, Moller appears to be satisfied for now. He’s got other things on his mind anyway. 

The Enemy of My Enemy is My Friend

A gweilo ghost faces a hard existence in the Yin World, especially since the campaign against Stygia was launched. Though Shanghai has never been paradise for a western ghost, neither has it always been this bad. Together with Hong Kong, Shanghai is one the locations in the Middle Kingdom that has the largest concentration of Europeans and Americans in the Skin Lands. This naturally carries over to the Yin World as well.

As the truce between Charon and the Jade Emperor was made, dictating that souls hailing from either Kingdom were the property of said Kingdom, no matter where the wraith in question was at the time of his death, a Stygian embassy was established in Shanghai.  While relations between Stygia and the Dark Kingdom of Jade were strained in the time after the WWII, Stygia retained a greatly reduced presence in these larger towns. At the onset of the recent campaign against Stygia, Local Militia Commander Yi Kong, took it upon himself to rid Shanghai of any Stygian military presence, and he was very successful in this undertaking. 

For a time, both the short time before and especially in the time immediately after the onset of the Sixth Maelstrom, any western ghost found in Shanghai was harvested as resources.  This would probably still be the fate of western ghosts in Shanghai, and it still is in many cases, yet somehow a number of European and American wraiths have managed to wrest a piece of Shanghai out of the control of the Dark Kingdom of Jade. All of this is centered on the former Moller Mansion, where Moller sits weaving his webs, aided in his efforts by a varied group of revolutionaries. Among their numbers are the remnants of the former Stygian Embassy, a wandering group of soldiers hailing from the Lost Legion, as well as almost all of the surviving new arrivals of western ghosts.

As the population of western wraiths increases, so to do the Japanese, Korean and other non-Chinese wraiths continue to grow.  As wraiths that would normally be under the banner of the conquered territories, they are targets as well for the Dark King of Jade to crush into materials.  This fact has driven many of them to assemble their own force which works loosely with those of western descent.  It is a needed alliance, for all their afterlives are at stake if Yu Huang gets his way.

The Bridge House Prison

In the years after World War II, the fact that the forces of the Dark Kingdom of Jade proved unable to wrest control of the Bridge House Prison from Japanese control wounded Yu Huang’s pride.  For decades, they were the slaves of the gaki.  When the Twice Red Tiger Battle of the Kuei-jin took place, the Dark Kingdom of Jade saw its chance to be set free.  Chief Judge of Shanghai, Wang Lien, resigned a long lost treaty with the Quincunx that bound the two together against all foreign influence.  And after years of war, the combined forces of the Dark Kingdom of Jade and the Five August Courts of the Quincunx proved victorious in taking the Bridge House Prison. 

Now that the dragon nest is under their sway, many issues of their treaty have come into play.  Wang Lien, along with the current Kuei-jin Leader, Mo King Zhenyu, is happy with the results yet does not fully understand the full impact of the Glorious Shield Placement Plan, let alone its hidden implications.  Distrust is beginning to brew within the partnership from those of lower status, as they believe the Dark Kingdom of Jade is placing too much stock in the Kuei-jin’s words in this matter.  But it is known to all the Dead of Shanghai that to back out on the treaty would place them under Kuei-jin control once again, but this time, it will be at the hands of their fellow Chinese.

The Night of Cerulean Sorrow and What Followed

Thus, with the single exception of Mr. Moller and his followers, it seemed that the forces of Yu Huang faired well in regaining control of and rebuilding Shanghai, despite the occasional Storm, and the following hordes of kuei and Spectres.

Prompted by something unknown, the Maelstrom picked up in strength this night. A storm centered on Shanghai hit the Chinese coast with malicious strength, driving before it a wall of water from the Shadowland seas. The force by which this tsunami struck Shanghai even manifested itself in the Skin Lands in a number ways. Throughout Shanghai candles lit in the memory of deceased went out.

In the Yin World, the ports of Shanghai suffered the greatest damage. The vessels in which the invasion troops had returned from Stygian soil were smashed beyond recognition. Worse yet was the fate that befell the greater part of the returned soldiers. Housed mainly near their vessels, they were swept away by the waves, and by  beings dredged from the dark deeps.  Even now, the storms of the Maelstrom are stronger in these areas of Shanghai, and the areas are avoided by sane Wraiths.  Should one need to venture down into these areas, they'd better have access to some serious protection against the hazards of the storms.  And a few friends to watch your back! For the dark wave that swept in over Shanghai brought with it creatures that had been sleeping on the bottom of the seas of the Shadowlands. Some of these creatures still roam around the ports of Shanghai, as well as seemingly every other variety of Spectres and plasmic beings.

Beyond that, scavenger wraiths take their chances going down to the port areas in search of weaponry and relics left behind by Yu Huang’s forces. These bands are very high-strung, and even if they do not perceive others as competitors, they are likely to shoot first and ask questions later.

The Uprising

The revolutionary group Struggle Against Qin, upon seeing how the military might of Yu Shuang had been crippled in Shanghai, chose this as their time to strike. From their positions in the Protectorate, they struck out openly. Having for some time now feared exposure due to Provincial Judge Hang Xu’s investigations, they saw this chance as worth blowing their cover for.  Calling for aid from every minor rebel group, they strove to use every bit of information gained in their time masquerading in the Protectorate, striking out at the other arms of the Government. In this they were only partly successful. Just as Struggle Against Qin had ignored the cry for aid coming from the minor resistance movements, at the onset of the Maelstrom, so now were they in turn largely ignored.

So while they effortlessly routed the Protectorate, which had been manned in great numbers by members of the Struggle Against Qin themselves, and they succeeded in virtually extinguishing the Jade Censors of Shanghai, they were unable to do any significant harm to the Judges of the Dead.

Thus the state of Shanghai today is a curious one. Officially the arms of Yu Huang’s bureaucracy still hold sway over Shanghai, yet with the Military heavily weakened and the Judges of the Dead taking on the responsibility of the Censors as well, aided in this by the remnants of the surviving members of the Censors, and a new inexperienced Protectorate just recently established, their rule is limited at best.  Only the presence of a limited force of the Immortal Guards allows them to retain control of parts of Shanghai.

Ghosts of the Conquered Territories and Westerners

As China’s center of international trade, Shanghai has a fair presence of foreigners. In light of the recent war between the Dark Kingdom of Jade and Stygia, the souls of western people are free game. Any encountered by the forces of the Dark Kingdom of Jade are harvested immediately. The Wraiths with origins in the Conquered Territories, likewise, must dodge the constant attacks of the Imperial Guard and other foot soldiers of the Dark Kingdom of Jade.

With the rebels’ fate decided on a case by case basis, the need for resourced is desperate indeed. Yet in their struggle against Yu Huang, their need of allies sometimes outweighs that. One of the allies that they are courting is the enigmatic Mr. Moller.

NPCs

Mr. Moller

Background: see the description of the Former Moller Residence above, for the background of this particular wraith.

Image: to avoid trouble with Stygian envoys, Mr. Moller was Moliated to resemble a Chinese. That he was made to resemble his captors was a rich source of Angst for his Shadow, who readily taught Moller the rudimentary of Moliate. No one has ever taught Moller the proper use of the basic Return to Death’s Visage ability, however. 

Now that he’s free, he cannot remember his original appearance, and his Shadow blocks his sight should he encounter anything that would show him his original appearance. Thus, when using Return to Death’s Visage, he either returns to the Chinese face that he was forced to wear, a face which he hates, or a blank face with no features except two burning pits as eyes, and a wide, slender mouth filled with an impossible number of sharp teeth, reminding more than a few visitors of a shark. This is the face that he most commonly uses, most often covering the upper half of his “face” with a white jade mask.

He is otherwise clad in clothing similar to what he wore in his mortal days, a suit fitting for a successful businessman covering a broad frame. Standing 5’10’’ tall Mr. Moller is just above average height for a Swede, yet in life he towered over the Chinese that surrounded him.

Roleplaying Hints: Control. You will never lose control again. You’d sooner jump down the throat of Oblivion than give another person authority over you again. This does not mean that your love of gambling has vanished. But you’ll be damned if you allow someone else to decide on the odds and what’s at stake. Corner Mr. Moller and he’ll lash out with everything he’s got.

Haunt: The Former Moller Residence is a solid structure in the Shadowlands. After his death it has both served as his prison and his home. Ironically it is both known as the place that indirectly caused his death, and the place that holds him back from whatever fate lies beyond this ghostly existence.

Secrets: Mr. Moller has come to be quite dependent on his Shadow, which in turn has grown quite willful lately. He possesses some very useful knowledge about both the revolutionary Wraiths and the workings of the Magistracy’s doings in Shanghai. He uses this knowledge to make deals with both sides, ensuring the survival of his little enclave of western ghosts.

Influence: In the short time since he regained his freedom, and doubly so since the Maelstrom hit Shanghai, Mr. Moller has wormed his way to the centre of attention.  As matters stand now, few Wraiths with a western background do not owe Mr. Moller some form of debt. He also has some connections with the revolutionaries.

Nature/Demanor: Gambler/Architect, Death: 1949

Attributes: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 2, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 3, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Awareness 2, Brawl 3, Dodge 2, Empathy 1, Expression 2, Intimidation 3, Subterfuge 3, Skills: Drive 2, Etiquette 2, Leadership 4, Melee 2, Stealth 3 , Knowledges: Bureaucracy 3, Law 2, Linguistics 2, Politics 2, Finance 3, Geography 1

Backgrounds: Eidolon 2, Haunt 4, Legacy (The Moller Residence) 2, Memoriam (The Moller Residence) 2, Status 2

Passions: Assist Wraiths against the Dark Kingdom of Jade (Revenge) 4, Protect the Former Moller Residence (Spite) 2

Arcanoi: Puppetry 4, Moliate 3, Outrage 3, Pandemonium 3, The Way of the Farmer 3

Fetters: The Former Mr. Moller Residence 6, The Burial Site of his favorite horse 2        

Willpower: 7, Pathos: 5, Shadow: The Pusher, Angst: 7, Thorns: Trick of the Light, Pact of Doom, Shadowplay, Dark Passions: Betray Revolutionary Allies (Hate) 2

Shanghai - Chapter Seven: The Element of Loss

presents the unseen elemental spirits in a new light, taking the initiative and coming out of hiding. Additional Material: Benjamin Franklin “Gozumezu” Reinhart

by Eloy Lasanta (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

Lai She-Yu squatted down and placed a small bag into the hole she had carefully dug into the soil below the willow. Patting down the dirt to cover it she could hear the tree groan and sway in the wind as if in pain. Looking at it know it is hard to remember the last time the garden was alive and in full bloom. Part of what original brought people to this site was its natural beauty. In the past couple of years though there had been fewer and fewer visitors. Despite her best efforts, She-Yu was slowly losing this battle day by day.

There was a sudden rustling sound approaching her from behind and as she glanced over her shoulder she was startled to see Ye Hao-Jie.

"Go home, get some rest."

"But Magistrate Ye, I'm not finished yet tonight." she replied.

"You're exhausted and useless here until you have recovered your strength." Hao-Jie had a way of saying things so that sounded both selfish and selfless. "I'll send for you tomorrow when you are ready to continue."

"Magistrate, I am afraid my alchemy can only treat the symptoms here, not the disease. I'm afraid that this is some dreadful omen we cannot just change or ignore."

"I am aware. I always knew that the corruption and discord the outsiders brought would eventually come to harm us. It seems Chi that feeds our dragon nest has been poisoned and diluted and we can only blame it on the corruption from the region it draws its breath from."

She-Yu took a deep breath. She felt he was criticizing her but knew better than to argue with him. She had always supported tolerance for the strangers and the western world. What hurt her most was her fear that he was right.

***

She-Yu realized as she left the garden just how late it was getting as dusk began to darken. She usually left for home before sunset but had gotten carried away with her work in the gardens. It occurred to her how dangerous it was in this city for a middle aged woman to walk home at night alone but kept faith that her joss would keep her from harms way.

A block from the gardens the streets were still bustling with people on their way home or out for the night and Lai She-Yu seemed to move almost invisibly among the crowd. It was some shock when she accidentally ran into a young woman in jeans and a leather jacket. She-Yu fell back onto the sidewalk and dropped her bag of gardening tools.

"Excuse me lady, sorry about that," said the girl in an informal but seemingly genuine apology as she tried to help She-Yu back onto her feet. "I guess I didn't see you there. Here, let me help you out." The girl bent down and picked up She-Yu's bag and dusted it off. "This is a dangerous part of town, how about I walk with you till you get to your destination?"

Lai She-Yu hesitated for a heartbeat before berating herself for being so untrusting and cynical. "No, I couldn't trouble you, child. I have several more blocks to go." She-Yu reminded herself that to lose faith in the morality of the human spirit would undermine her very existence.

"All the more reason why I should I go." The girl smiled. "Besides, it’s no trouble at all."

She-Yu gave a small smile back and smile back as she took her bag back from the girl and continued on her way with her new escort.

The girl chatted as they walked along, seemingly unaware of how intrusive her questions might seem. "So where are you coming from at this hour? I saw the tools you were carrying, are you a gardener?"

"Yes, I am. For the Yuan Yu Gardens."

"Oh, that old place! Wow. I haven't gone inside that place in years. I heard it hasn't been doing so good lately though."

She-Yu nodded, "There seems to be some disease that's harming the plants. We haven't been able to treat all of it yet and the last few seasons have been poor for growth."

"That hardly seems fair though, does it?"

She-Yu was puzzled by this remark. "What do you mean?"

"I mean, you work so hard and the plants are suffering anyway." The girl shrugged and threw her hands in the air. "And the people around here don't seem to notice or care anymore, either. It's almost as if universe is against you . . ." She snickered and then added, " . . . or has just abandoned and forgotten you."

She-Yu stopped walking for a moment as she felt a strange chill down her spine. She looked at the girl again for a moment and saw something bestial in her eyes. "Who are you?"

The girl looked at She-Yu quizzically for a moment. "They call me Jen."

"No, I mean who you are really." She-Yu said giving the girl a scrutinizing look.

"I'm not against you, lady . . . In fact I want to help you, but you and your people have to work with us here. What you're doing now is just foolish . . . practically suicide. If you have any dignity left you'll make a stand with us. It's almost time, the Age of Sorrow is beginning and He's at his weakest. It's our last chance to make a difference."

"Daitya!" She-Yu said with a hiss as she snatched her bag close to her and backed away from the girl. "I'd rather die!" And with that she began to run away from the girl.

"Suit yourself," Jen called back from the crowd. "I warned you though, and my conscience is clean!"

The Little Gods

The hsien have existed since the beginning of time, working as the agents of the August Personage of Jade in the creation of the world and its wondrous splendor.  They are the elemental spirits that reside over all aspects of the world, including which direction the river flows, how bright a flame burns and the thickness of a forest.  They are the end all be all of everything made of earth, fire, water, wood or metal. 

In the Middle Kingdom, they exist in a state of exile.  Shunned from their home in the spirit realms, they are forced to live in the bodies of humans; most are also still bound to their original duty under Heaven.  Unable to return to their native fatherland, they have attempted to reestablish their past hierarchy on Earth and has succeeded inmost respects and utterly failed in others. 

This pecking order of Noble and Commoners, with a system of numerous courts, has been used to rule over the different provinces of power that the Middle Kingdom has been divided into.  It has endured since the fall of the Kuei-jin (who they blame for their own fall) and was anticipated to exist for much longer.  However, events that are taking place in Shanghai are leading to a reduction in their power and their grasp on the 5th Age.

Despite its cosmopolitan lifestyles and modern appearance, the Little Gods of Shanghai still hold great influence and power in the region. But as local events escalate and the sixth age grows near this could quickly change. The days of the hsien courts of Shanghai are easily numbered and unless swift actions are made, the spirit courts of Shanghai could fall to the undead, or worse. The Shinma of the city will not turn their backs on the city and people that they have sworn to watch over and protect but lately it seems the city has turned its back on them. Without Yugen, the hsien cannot fulfill their function, nor can they defend themselves in what seems to be quickly becoming an all out war between the shen of Shanghai.  Desperate times call for desperate measures, and the courts must turn to unexpected alliances.

The Hunan Province

The Red Mandarin, Lee Kung Xue, has always been the most liberal of hsien rulers.  While this does not gain the chu-jung tremendous respect among his equals, it is necessary to maintain a certain balance of power within his realms.  He was placed in charge of areas with heavy foreign influence, as well as an unhealthy influx of the Daityas and Waigoren.  He allows these beings to go unharmed in his parts of his domain for the purpose of preserving order, not because he actually enjoys their presence.  Also, it is important to supplicate the other shen so the war with the Kura Sau may carry on.

In the past, before the arrival of the westerners to the Hunan Province, things were very traditional.  The area of Shanghai, little more than a fishing village, was loosely (and sometimes, not at all) ruled by the Kamuii courts.  Only a simple treaty between the Li Shen and the Yellow Emperor Court of the Wan Kuei stood in the way of outright warfare between the hsien and the Hungry Dead.  The Hirayanu tended mostly to this area, granting the minimal wishes needed for the content people and staying off the Wan Kuei radar.

Shanghai continued to prosper under the protection of the local hirayanu, with a hanumen named Xia Zhong-Fei at the forefront.  Because no other hsien sought the position, she assumed control of the area without even a glance from the kamuii.  Under her leader, the city became the most fun of all the cities within the province.  So much so, that it attracted other hsien to Shanghai through shear word of mouth. 

Zhong-Fei paid little attention to the events of the world around the city, which was caught up in the same trance of bliss that had been placed on the city by the expenditure of so much Yugen in a concentrated area.  This left the city open during the initial wars that led to its taking.  The first wave, gaki, entered the city and fed upon the Golden Chi of the city’s supposed protectors.  The second wave, composed of Kin-jin, entered and did the same.  Without the assistance of their cousins, the hengeyokai, few hsien would have survived this ordeal.

The overuse of the hirayanu powers led to the death of many and although the occupation of the city was not blamed solely on Xia Zhong-Fei, she did bear most of the guilt.  Because of this, the hirayanu were not permitted to utilize their Yugen unless given direct permission from a noble.  With the arrival of the Waigoren, it intensified, outlawing any and all Yugen or Glamour expenditures by any commoner.  These rules existed until the War of Correspondence, between the kamuii and a combination of both the hirayanu and Kithain (see Changeling Section for more information).  Ritual combat ended in favor of the commoners. 

Because the Red Mandarin holds his court in Hong Kong, in his stead currently stands Ye Hao-Jie, a seemingly loyal Suijen. The chaos that has occurred in Shanghai over the last century has not gone unnoticed, but the Red Mandarin was quick to make certain deals with the Kuei-jin.  Having many powerful Suijen sorcerers at his disposable, he holds control in all of the major port cities in China, including Shanghai.  He has kept the balance of power between himself and the Flesh Court, allowing them their free reign as long as his affairs are never compromised.  The Kuei-jin’s lucrative shipping businesses are held as ransom, able to be crippled at his simple command.  Recent events, however, have jeopardized this agreement that has lasted for hundreds of years.

Most Shinma in Shanghai collect Yugen through answering the prayers of the faithful millions. This is an excellent way to get by from day to day, but large court organizations such as the Yu and Li Shen require larger and more dependable sources of energy, such as a dragon nest. While many shen jealously hide their dragon nests or heavily restrict access to them, the Shinma of the Li Shen confidently allow crowds of mortals to enter and walk around the gardens. It has long been known that their continued reverence of the location is one of the forces that maintains the strength and vitality of the gardens and the dragon nest. Because of this, during off seasons the power of the dragon nest fluctuates as the crowds grow thinner and the weather inclimate. This year, however, the crowds have grown even thinner, and the vitality of the garden seems to be fading. The life energy that feeds the garden is dwindling at a shocking rate and many of the courts of the Shinma are on the verge of panic. Not the most powerful, but important due to its location in Shanghai, the Yu Yuan Garden dragon nest has been drained.  In spite of its repeated destruction at the hands of mortal and shen alike, it continued to stand for the hsien’s power and resilience.   Yet, some shifts in the Feng Shui of the entire city have drawn the strength from the nest, leaving a mere husk of the power that existed for so long.

A Sea Taken Hostage

Ye Hao-Jie, and the other ministers of the Yu and Li Shen were approached months ago by first a wu of Wan Kuei, followed weeks later by a coven of gaki. Both promised the same thing. A war between the domestic and various foreign vampires seemed inevitable. An alliance with the heavenly spirits, they insisted, would insure victory against their enemies and the spoils of the city could be shared. Ye Hao-Jie, long having distaste for the schemes of the breathless corpses, turned both parties away. "Let them kill each other again. I will not spill blood on request for the damned. And when the victor is left vulnerable, with his resources exhausted, the city will once again follow the will of heaven." Months later it became apparent that the war had gone a different direction than Ye Hao-Jie had expected. It would not be the hungry dead whose resources were exhausted first, as somehow the dragon nest of the hsien was being robbed or deprived of its energies.

In retaliation Ye Hao-Jie organized his own subtle attack. As a magistrate of the Shui Fu he was able to organize many of the Suijen and Water Alchemists among the Wu hsien population of the city. The hsien’s intricate control of the docks has given them access to cargo manifests and names of the anonymous shipping companies that all point back to the Wan Kuei.  This allows them to know which ships to sink and which to leave to their own devices.

And so recently the Wan Kuei and gaki have both lost several shipments due to freakish storms and weather off the coast near Shanghai. He has no solid evidence as to which party is responsible, but Ye Hao-Jie will hold the sea hostage until reparations are made. Unfortunately, these efforts continuously drain what precious energies the hsien have remaining.

The storms summoned are unlike any that occur naturally and seems to have a mind of its own.  Hao-Jie has several Shui Tan masters working around the clock, maneuvering massive typhoons to their targets at a moments notice.  The end result, the Hao-Jie hopes, will be the crippled economy of the Five August Courts which will force them to return the power they have stolen.  This financial torture is cursed upon the Kuei-jin from the suspicion of the Shui Fu and clues found from the Old City.

Mo King Zhenyu, advocate for the Flesh Court, has had several audiences with Hao-Jie and has gained his friendship along the way.  Ye Hao-Jie has toiled with the idea of stopping the raging storms, but has decided they are needed to ensure the survival of the hsien.  All the while, the other hsien have noticed something very sinister about the Kuei-jin Mandarin and are attempting to watch him closely.  Recently, however, he has been no where to find.

Hurting the Others

While the Ye Hao-Jie wishes to harm only the Flesh Court and gaki, the storms are affecting many others.  There are numerous accidental mortal deaths due to the storm, but these are often considered necessary casualties.  The hengeyokai, especially the Same-Bito, find it hard to speak with the spirits of the ocean, as they are constantly busy with the hsien “project”.  The only ones they have not affected are the Green Court representatives, who make most of their money and jade with supplying ways around the massive storms.  Although, the Shui Fu has brought these factors up to the Ye Hao-Jie, he still persists that it is the correct thing to do, at least for the time being.

The Old City

For centuries, the hsien have existed in Shanghai and always in the Yu Yuan Gardens.  All types of hsien lived there, yet those with affinity to Shui Tan, namely the suijen and heng po, were always the most abundant.  There protection from the dangers of the Kuei-jin was supposedly granted by the Flesh Court, yet the Glorious Shield Placement Plan of the Wan Kuei is not the first breach of this contract.  There was one wu in particular that caused havoc and destruction wherever they went, much to the hsien’s displeasure.

The Blood Circle wu was a renegade group of Wan Kuei that claimed the Old City as its turf.  Each and every resident was constantly watched and harassed by paranoid and maniacal Kuei-jin.  August Personage forbid, if you were a non-Chinese person and you decided to enter the sector at night (shen or not).  Many of these people were violently attacked in secret, but must times in public as to make an example out of them.  The Blood Circle wu was heartless and cruel beyond usual terms, but were the forefront of the Flesh Court’s defense system at the time.

The Shui Fu had no authority to override the Red Mandarin’s deal with the Flesh Court, the hsien just endured.  They survived through this, mostly because those that dwelled there were of Chinese descent.  The air of the Old City in a constant and aching apprehension, the hsien called for the Flesh Court to put an end to their domination, but was denied audiences on several occasions.  They survived only by supplicating the fierce warriors of the Blood Circle with tributes of mortals and feasts of Yin and Yang chi.  But even these offerings were not good enough for them and vile Demon People struck down many hsien, drinking the Golden Chi from their veins in exhilaration.

Then one morning, the sun shown bright and illuminated the streets where five rotting corpses lay.  The Blood Circle wu had been destroyed by someone, but no one took credit for their Final Deaths.  The hsien took this opportunity to fill the streets with celebration, for the masked avengers, yet were constantly weary of things to come.  Without the Blood Circle wu, would the Old City once again become vulnerable?  Then, the shift in the Feng Shui began and their dragon nest weakened, forcing them to retreat to the Nest of Life and Renewal without a chance to rebuild from the ravages of the past. 

The Nest of Life and Renewal

Losing the power of the dragon nest, the hsien attempted to remain in Nanshi, yet were faced with one more obstacle.  Several of the spirits under their command fled, stating that the Chi in the area became arranged in a way that prompted them to evacuate.  Other spirits began turning on their hsien comrades, brutally killing those who worshipped the Little Gods, cutting off the flow of Yugen from the mortals of the area.  Soon, with the nature spirits abandoning the area, the air became staler and the trees began to rot.  The Shinma were able to sustain them for a small time, but its burden proved too much as the hsien fell short on their reservoirs of Yugen. The Daityas began to enter the area, as they were no longer afraid of the Blood Circle wu’s wrath and began causing havoc throughout the streets.  It was time to leave.

Their hengeyokai cousins of the local Beast Court have taken in the several dozen hsien refugees from the Yu Yuan Gardens.  This was a deal between Evening Star, Ye Hao-Jie’s second in command, and Black Rain Falls, regent of Emerald Mother’s nest.  It is rumored that they fought together against the same enemy when they were younger and remained friendly acquaintances for years, but these have no founding or proof. 

Most of those that came to the nest are Shinma, but a few Daityas have also entered the nest and are watched diligently by the kamuii; they wish not to be embarrassed by those disrespectful even to Heaven itself.  Something forced the Daitya from the Old City as well, and the kamuii were determined to find out what that was.

After sending several hsien spies into the area, Ye Hao-Jie discovered that the Feng Shui of the area has been severely tampered with.  They reported back; the mortals have never been happier, being visited by their ancestors on regular occasions.  This was obviously due to the link between the Dark Kingdom of Jade and the Flesh Court.  The mortals also all referred to a Hand of Seven Claws which watched over them.  No reports of this being showing his or her face, but they are still scouring the area for clues.

They revisited the Yu Yuan Gardens and saw the trees, plants, flowers and earth were back to normal, but reeked with an unnatural Chi – possibly reinfused with the undead Chi of the Kuei-jin.  No doubt the Hungry Dead flocked to the area like carrion pigeons on the corpse of a newly dead hitchhiker.  The walls have been filled with mortals, wishing to experience its beauty, yet there are Wan Kuei sitting on the past thrones of the kamuii. They suck the breath of these mortals without a thought, but none of them have identified themselves as the Hand of Seven Claws.  Needless to say, the Red Mandarin is not happy with this news and neither is the rest of the hsien population.  This led to the decision to create the storms. The Kuei-jin have some hand in this defilement of Heaven’s will, no matter how minimal. 

Several hsien have stayed behind at the Yu Yuan Gardens, attempting to repair the damage the Kuei-jin have supposedly done to the area.  However, they mend the damage during the day, with it only being destroyed as night falls again.

Living Arrangements

The day the hsien arrived, the entire nest celebrated in a joyous observance of their link as nature’s servants, friends and comrades.  For the entirety of the day and night, Khan and hou-chi, Nagah and fu hsi, all feasted together and forgot the problems of the past.  In the morning, the ignored ills all came crashing back.

Their past differences began to come to the forefront.  Hsien are the rulers of all things elemental and have stalled, even halted, several important hengeyokai Rites and Gifts in the past.  In their minds, the hengeyokai use their Gifts very selfishly, seeing them as lesser cousins.  They are not as fussy in their affairs as the Little Gods and are much more volatile.  The hengeyokai view the hsien as little more than stuck-up spirits with tremendous egos.  They have stopped their attempts to crush the Centipede on several occasions and the hengeyokai have been known to hold grudges for decades. 

Weeks went by with complete segregation.  The hengeyokai stayed within the pleasant walls of the Nest of Life and Renewal, carrying on as usually.  Meanwhile, the majority of hsien went to the outskirts of the island, setting up small camps and trenches to survive the harsh conditions of the islands topside.  It was not much to withstand, as the hsien’s resilience to outside forces has greatened in the past centuries due to their wars with the shen. 

When Ye Hao-Jie pleaded with Black Rain Falls to force reconciliation between the cousins, it was decided that each hengeyokai must share their home with at least one hsien.  The hsien were pleased to get out of the unkind weather of the island, yet were hesitant to completely share with the hengeyokai.  The Little Gods, however, agreed to this fair and wise decision of the nest Elder. In fact, for weeks after, hsien and hengeyokai relations bettered under this new living arrangement.  Each taught new ways to use Chi to the other and introduced new elemental spirits into the nest.  New romances even emerged over this time, with the establishment of new love affairs sprung in the air. But it was sure to fail.

Small spats between a pair of nyan sisters and the only two Khan on the island, simply known as the Twins, began a daily happening.  The Same-Bito became intolerant of the heng po’s unwillingness to achieve their goals on time.  A lovers’ tryst between a Kitsune and hanuman turned almost deadly, as the pranks they played on each other became increasingly dangerous.  But despite these issues, the two groups of shen were still required to reside within the same areas, until the hsien’s departure of the island. 

A new and energetic interest in the search for the cause of the Yu Yuan Garden’s weakening dragon nest has arisen.  The memories of a nest without the hsien fade daily from the hengeyokai and they wish to aid their cousins and themselves.  When the dragon nest is restored, the Little Gods will then return to it and the hengeyokai will be left to their own devices.  Likewise, this has prompted an even greater turn out for Shinma.  While the Daitya do not share in the reclaiming of the Shui Fu’s dragon nest, the rest of the hsien wish to reclaim it and find the guilty parties involved to dish out their own justice.  Also, the thought of leaving the Nest of Life and Renewal, however gracious their cousins have been, will be quite the event and will be worthy of another feast.

The Takeover

When the hengeyokai and hsien were amiable with each other, it was unthinkable that that state would degenerate into the violence that followed.  However, it was all part of a particular plan of a devious being.  A small number of the Shinma within the Nest of Life and Renewal are secretly aligned with a deadly Kura Sau by the name of Nie Tat, who serves the Yama King Rangda and her evil plans.  These agents’ job is not only to stall the search for the culprits behind the dragon nest situation, but also to attempt to take over the nest.  If they accomplish this, they have been promised a seat by Rangda’s side as she takes the Demon Throne.  Will they be found out or will they succeed in taking the Shark’s nest for the hengeyokai? Are they alone in their goals?

Courtly Struggles

Over the past years, each of the Li Shen courts have contended for the approval of the Red Mandarin.  And while all of the courts have representation in Hunan, it is clearly Shui Fu, Ministry of Water, which wins the courtly sessions of the Li Shen.  This is because of Shanghai’s position as a primarily port city and its access to waterways.  No other court can contest the Shui Fu in the manipulation of the earth’s blood and the other courts simple accept this fact.  They do not, however, stop vying for power.

The Hou Fu, Ministry of Fire, counts as the second most numerous of the Li Shen influences.  No matter how powerful the Shui Fu is in the Hunan Province, the Red Mandarin keeps a healthy population of his own in every one of his domains, as he is chu jung, himself.  The mass amount of electricity that flows through Shanghai is surpassed by few cities, making it an easy haven for masters of Hou Tan. They are there to report the goings on in shanghai directly to the Red Mandarin, especially the current events.

As Shanghai advances into the next age of technology, the Tieh Fu, Ministry of Metal, have attempted to move into the city.  This is easily done as the massive skyscrapers and construction move into Shanghai daily.  However, the metal deposits they once fought to protect, no longer exist as the modern age depletes more and more precious natural resources of the earth.  Now the Tieh Fu has little more than the construction equipment to defend.  Those stuck at the Nest of Life and Renewal have little to return to when the Feng Shui situation is solved, yet they continue to support their Shui Fu cousins until it is time to compete with them again.

The Di Fu, Ministry of Earth, has actually stays passably consistent with their protection of the earth and its inhabitants.  While Shanghai has lost itself to a rash modernization that has stripped the majority of its past superstitions from the Chinese people, it has also created more scientists interested in the arts of archeology and environmentalists.  Many of the Di Fu volunteered to stay behind in Shanghai to further their efforts in spite of the loss of the dragon nest. 

Sadly, however, the Lin Fu, Ministry of Wood, has all but lost their war against modernization.  They have lacked the completion of many plans to halt the destruction of so much of the Asian forests and creatures in the name of feeding and housing the ever growing human population of the Middle Kingdom.  This is the court of Li Shen that has worked closest with the hengeyokai, yet even with their combined might, Shanghai is a lost cause in their eyes.  They happily left the wicked vile city to the relative peace of the Nest of Life and Renewal.

Isolation

The location of the Nest of Life and Renewal is deliberately isolated.  The hengeyokai has tried repeatedly to stay far from the hustle and bustle of busy, metropolitan Shanghai living.  However, this may keep them out of the loop of current events and delay interaction with those in Shanghai.  This also was deliberate.  The mood of Shanghai lends itself to waiting for word that will no doubt never come.  STs, however, are encouraged to move the next closer if need be for their chronicle.

Commoners

All the hsien commoners who do not show allegiance to a particular court are lumped into the Wu hsien, peasants. Those hirayanu that simply choose to live their lives, granting wishes as heaven commands, also fall under this catchall court.  And many of them have known about this Feng Shui situation and care little about it.

For the last few years, all but the Li Shen were prohibited from using the Yu Yuan Gardens for Yugen, which pushed many hirayanu away.  So, the Kithain were called in, as the hsien can somehow gain Yugen from their special dwelling in the Shanghai Train Station.  The two groups have lived happily together, even sharing in the Shanghai Circus together.  When the Wu hsien discovered of the Li Shen’s plan to enact an action treaty with the Kithain, many were shocked that such a document actually existed.

The Wu hsien have a tight organization, working within the law and neighborhoods to protect certain areas and grant as many wishes as possible before the possible Age of Joy.  They have decided to assist in the search for the doers of this evil Feng Shui in return for access to the dragon nest they have helped to procure.  The Shui Fu has begrudgingly accepted these terms, but is pleased to have more bodies on their side.

The Yang Courts

The hierarchy of the Yang realms do not stop with the hsien, there are many above them in this chain.  The Yang realms are full of numerous spirits who work for the hsien and others that the hsien report their dealings to.  In the past, they have been able to work together with these spirits to protect and control the environment and all its inhabitants.  However, recent events have reduced this influence.

Many of the spirits that worked closely with the hsien of Shanghai have disappeared, while several others have yet return any of the Li Shen’s summonses.  Those spirits that have come to aid the hsien have little to contribute, being lesser spirits and lackeys.  This sudden abandonment of the hsien seems slightly orchestrated, possibly by those who are responsible for the Yu Yuan Garden’s now diminished nest. 

Enemies at the Gates

The Kuei-jin have yet to show themselves as aggressors or claim responsibility for the decline of the Yu Yuan Gardens. Activity among the Mu courts, however, has increased dramatically recently. Could Ye Hao-Jie be wrong, and could the Daitya or loathsome Kura Sau be actually behind this? While the Li Shen are focused on Ye Hao-Jie's plan to cut the Kuei-jin off from the sea, members of the Yu and Wu hsien have started to hit the streets to investigate activity among the Daitya and the rumors of new bakemono in the city. In this state of vulnerability the Shinma must be on guard and vigilant against some of their oldest foes.  Any one of them could take advantage of the current situation and make a bad situation even worse.

Daitya are the hsien that have turned their back on the ways of heaven and have laid their own path.  As the Little Gods are unduly banished to a world of darkness and apathy, they actually seek to destroy the Wall that separates the Middle Kingdom and the Yang realms.  They believe this will let them enter their home world once again and strike down the August Personage of Jade. 

The Red Mandarin has given Daitya relatively free reign within the borders of the Hunan Province to avoid costly conflicts.  But in the recent months, many have been taken down, due to suspicion of their contributing to the loss of the dragon nest.  The conflicts between the Li Shen and Mu courts have risen and there is no turning back.  Also, the possible involvement of the Kura Sau does not make the kamuii settle their differences with the Daitya.

The Yellow Lotus

The Yellow Lotus has a great deal of influence in Shanghai.  This secret society has been watching the chaotic city and has deduced that many of the hsien in power have misused their power, creating a massive typhoon.  They must be taken down and dealt with in the appropriate manner.  Even the Red Mandarin is not above the judgment of the Yellow Lotus.

Into the Future

The hsien have every reason in the world to abandon Shanghai.  The Kuei-jin and Kin-jin have allegedly undertaken a foul plot to wipe their kind out, the hengeyokai despise them behind their backs, the hunters have become impossible to deal with, the wraiths have begun to haunt in mass, and the Yang Courts have little to say about the entire situation.  What keeps them fighting?  Why do they do it all?

The hsien have a strong sense of duty and loyalty to the land and to Heaven.  If they were to leave the land to its devices, not even attempting to protect it, there would be little use for them in this world.  Everyone needs a purpose.  When you lose your purpose, you might as well not exist.  The fight for Shanghai has begun again.  This time, however, it is not simply between the Kuei-jin and Kin-jin, but encompasses all the shen together into a mass war that will not turn out well for any side.

Hsien of Note (NPCs)

Ye Hao-Jie

Background: Ye Hao-Jie has been the magistrate of Shanghai's Ministry of Water for almost two hundred years and has observed the region’s change and growth with the times. He was born miraculously to a wealthy family who was unable to conceive and had many previous miscarriages. They prayed for a son to carry their family name and were rewarded the following winter.

As a member of the high class, Hao-Jie received the best education and was groomed to be a successful scholar and bureaucrat. During much of his adolescence, however, Hao-Jie had a strange feeling that he was different and his suspicions were confirmed when a small group of priests, sent by the Li Fu, visited him at his school to explain the circumstances of his conception and to return him to the Ministries. Ye lived a double life from that moment on. He climbed the ladder of both the mortal government and the Shui Fu until he had considerable influence in both. However he has long been disturbed by the lack of order and control that he has in Shanghai. He is a strong supporter of stricter laws and sanctions for the city and region.

In the past he had support from the Yu courts and the other Li ministries to help enforce his policies, but as western influence has come and warped Shanghai, his control over the area seems to have weakened and the Red Mandarin seems less receptive to his needs. In the past century he has witnessed the coming of the Kithain, rebellion from the hirayanu, the rise of Communism and the spread of the Daitya; the decline of Shanghai into a twisted city of sin. Ye is almost unsurprised by the dying dragon nest in Yu Yuan gardens and sees this as the Red Mandarin's final chance at intervening and keeping Hao-Jie's loyalty and respect.

Description: As a man, Hao-Jie is tall, thin and wiry, appearing to be only in his late thirties with a narrow face and soft beard. His skin is very pale and has a strange, almost sickly, light blue tone to it. He dresses in the old traditional male mandarin gown, mostly in black and dark colors. In his Wani form Hao-Jie's skin becomes bright and sparkling with reflective scales of blue and green and his hair and beard become dark green and lengthen. When he becomes angered his eyes flash like thunder clouds and his gown flutters about him like the wind and waves in a violent storm.

Roleplaying Hints:  You know corruption when you see it and you think you know how to deal with it. What infuriates you is the fact that the other magistrates and the Red Mandarin have not given any attention or support to a situation that has been growing out of control for some time. You are very patient but will not tolerate disobedience or sloth. You always know how to phrase requests so that they sound like honorable obligations.

Home: Currently, the Nest of Life and Renewal

Secrets:  If the Red Mandarins plans are unsuccessful then Ye Hao-Jie is planning on using his status in the Shui Fu and Yu courts to claim Shanghai as its own Yu province and him as the new Mandarin. If Hao-Jie succeeds, he will no longer have to pay the Red Mandarin his feudal share and will be able to govern as he sees fit. He also has his eyes on the marine dragon nest of the hengeyokai.

Also, the Kuei-jin Mo King Zhenyu has yet to betray his trust, yet he suspects his involvement in the current situation.  Any evidence that points in that direction will be the downfall of Mo King Zhenyu by Hao-Jie’s hands

Influence: Hao-Jie has considerable influence in the Shui Fu, the Ministry of Water. He uses this influence to organize the hsien in the area and manipulate natural forces like the weather and tides to either promote or disrupt trade. With the change-over to communism, Hao-Jie lost most of his influence in local politics and used the event to disappear from mortal attention. He has some sway among the Kuan-Yu but recent decades have brought some alienation between him and the Red Mandarin.

Court: Li Shen/Yu, Legacies: (Yin) Fatalist/ (Yang) Regent, Kun Shou (Seeming): hsien-tsu, Kwannon-jin (Kith): Suijen

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 5, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 5, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents:  Alertness 3, Athletics 4, Dodge 3, Expression 2, Intimidation 3, Intuition 1, Leadership 3, Shentao 2, Subterfuge 4, Skills: Crafts 4, Etiquette 4, Martial Arts 3 (Soft), Meditation 3, Stealth 2, Survival 2, Knowledges: Classics 3, Divination 4, Investigation 2, Law 3, Linguistics 3, Lore: Kithain 2, Lore: Kuei-jin 1, Medicine 4, Occult 3, Politics 3

Wu Tans: Shui Tu (Water Alchemy) 5, Di Tan (Earth Alchemy), Lin Tan (Wood Alchemy) 3, Nei Tan (Internal Alchemy) 3, Elemental Affinity: Water

Backgrounds: Contacts 3, dragon nest 2, Jade Talisman 4, Remembrance 3, Resources 4, Retinue 3, Title 5

Tao: 4, Yin 8, Yang 5, Yugen 13, Willpower: 7

"Evening Star" Ming

Background: Not much is known about Ming before he came to Shanghai ten years ago. He holds high station in the Yu Kuan and serves as an attaché from the Red Mandarin. Ming is a gifted warrior, but also a capable leader in the world of espionage. Ming keeps a portfolio on many of the prominent mortals and shen in the city and uses them to help Ye Hao-Jie in keeping everyone in line. He speaks rarely in public or court, except for the most urgent whispers between Hao-Jie or one of his lieutenants. Even though he possesses a volatile temper like every chu-jung, Ming keeps his emotions well hidden and under complete control at all times. Through his network of contacts, spies, and informants, Ming and his agents are quick to discover and punish most shen who transgress on Yu court laws.

Description: In Hotei form Ming dresses in a modern but formal style, usually wearing either a red jacket or turtle neck. He is in good shape and appears to be in his late twenties. He keeps his straight hair short and his face rarely shows any sign of emotion beyond his burning eyes. In Wani form, Ming hides much of his lower face and neck behind a white veil and his hair seems to have a burning blue nimbus rising above it.

Roleplaying Hints: You are a master at controlling information. That's why you rarely speak. You only tell people what you want them to believe and you know how to make them believe what you tell them. Don't show emotions as they cannot be trusted and may betray you. You are not afraid to dirty your hands if it benefits the cause you believe in and as long as you understand how it works into your plans.

Home: Ming keeps a patterned but complex schedule for changing safe houses throughout the city and area as he makes his weekly rounds and contacts.  He regularly stays at the Nest of Life and Renewal, sharing any information that has been discovered with Hao-Jie.

Secrets: Everyone knows that the Red Mandarin sent you. What they don't know are his motivations behind it. You are here to report back on everyone, including Ye Hao-Jie. Should the Red Mandarin feel that any shen has trespassed on his boundaries, Ming will gladly perform his heavenly duties as executioner. Don't even ask about the alleged connections to Yellow Lotus.

Influence: Ming's influence is largely unseen and unfelt until something threatens the hsien of the city. He has enough information on certain respected individuals to cause considerable sway in local government and media figures.

Court: Yu, Legacies: Riddler (Yin)/Squire (Yang), Kun Shou (Seeming): hsien-jin, Kwannon-jin (Kith): Chu jung

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 4, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 4, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Brawl 2, Dodge 2, Empathy 2, Intimidation 1, Leadership 2, Shentao 4, Streetwise 3, Subterfuge 4, Skills: Acrobatics 3, Drive 2, Etiquette 1, Firearms 3, Martial Arts 4 (hard), Stealth 3, Survival 3, Knowledges: Classics 4, Computer 3, Investigation 3, Law 2, Occult 3, Politics 3

Alchemy: Hou Tan 4, Tieh Tan 3, Nei Tan 2, Elemental Affinity: Fire

Backgrounds: Allies 4, Contacts 5, Influence 3, Remembrance 3, Title 3

Tao: 3, Yin 5, Yang 6, Yugen 11, Willpower: 8

Lai She-Yu

Background: Lai She-Yu has spent her last seven life times in the city of Shanghai. Unlike many Fu Hsi, she remembers them all pretty well. You'd think that after all these years she might grow tired of the place, but each day it seems to bring something new to her. Lai She-Yu took her current host as a young single woman who had been visiting Shanghai for a week, looking for a job. The woman met with an unfortunate accident with a delivery truck and was in the hospital for several days. Her friends and family back home couldn't understand why she still insisted on staying in Shanghai after that. They imagine she must be happy there as she has kept little contact with them since moving there.

Lai She-Yu is now in the dusk of her life and does not use her powers to hide it. Shanghai and its people are very important to her and it is her hope that she can help preserve it even through these dark times. She slaves at Yu Yuan Gardens night and day hoping to push off what seems like the inevitable for just a little longer.

Description: Lai She-Yu stands only about five feet tall and usually has a very unthreatening posture and manner. Her face has wrinkles around her eyes and mouth from smiling and her skin is callused from a lifetime of work. She seems to have retained some of her youthful beauty despite this. She usually dresses in a humble looking green cotton blouse and pants. In Wani form her skin grows thicker until forms rough scales and she takes on the appearance of a snake although her brown eyes betray a gentle spirit.

Roleplaying Hints: You will never give up because you are not defeated until you can no longer fight. While you are not an aggressive person, this philosophy extends to everything you do. There are many ways to stand up for what you believe in; violence should only be the last of them. You get by each day with the hope that you've made a difference and maybe done some good.

Home: A small apartment several blocks from Yu Yuan Gardens.

Court: Wu hsien, Legacies: Fatalist (Yin)/Paladin (Yang), Kun Shou (Seeming): hsien-jin, Kwannon-jin (Kith): Fu Hsi

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 2, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 2, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 3, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents:  Alertness 2, Brawl 1, Dodge 2, Empathy 4, Expression 2, Intuition 2, Shentao 2, Skills: Crafts 2, Etiquette 3, Meditation 2, Performance 1, Survival 4, Knowledges: Divination 2, Enigmas 2, Investigation 3, Linguistics 1, Medicine 3, Occult 2, Science 4

Wu Tans: Lin Tan (Wood Alchemy) 5, Di Tan (Earth Alchemy) 3, Nei Tan (Internal Alchemy) 1, Elemental Affinity: Wood

Backgrounds: Allies 2, Jade Talisman 1, Pakua 4, Resources 1

Tao: 2, Yin 3, Yang 6, Yugen 9, Willpower: 7

Wen Fang-Chou

Background: This chu-ih-yu is known throughout the Middle Kingdom as a legendary warrior of the Kura Sau and Daitya.  Not only this, but he has fought back the forces of Yomi more than once as a Kuan-Yu, a hsien demon killer.  He has foregone any human comfort or “real life”, in the name of serving Heaven and the Li Shen, and was raised to one of the Red Mandarin’s best Generals. 

His disgrace came with his defeat at the Yu Yuan Gardens at the hands of a Waigoren, Soliad Thoraxian.  This outsider, called a Sidhe by his followers, held such great power in such a small form and was underestimated by Fang-Chou.  He was vanquished in an honorable duel that lost the Shui Fu much of its power that it held over the Kithain and the hirayanu alike.  He had shamed himself before his masters.

Now, with the recent weakening of the hsien dragon nest, he has made it his sole duty to solve this mystery and restore the nest, once again proving himself to the Red Mandarin and to himself.  He is relentless in his search and will crush any foe that comes in his way.

Description: Fang-Chou appears as a middle aged, muscular man.  He wears long black hair, slicked back into a ponytail and wears only loose clothing, always loose enough to carry his sword.  In his wani form, he appears the same, except with silver metal skin.  He is a bane to hengeyokai, another reason he was not invited to the Nest of Life and Renewal.

Roleplaying Hints: You are heartless and are interested only in the continuance of the Li Shen’s power in Shanghai.  You are a wanderer by choice, seeking out those that would seek to destroy the foundation the kamuii have worked hard to build.

Home: none.

Secrets:  He has despised the Kithain for many years, ever since his defeat at the hands of their late king.  Few know it, but he is responsible for the many deaths of Kithain who are unfortunate enough to cross his paths as he seeks the answers to the Feng Shui situation. 

Influence: Fang-Chou is well known and feared.  Those who choose to approach him, better have a good reason.  He must also have a good reason before even considering approaching someone else for aid.

Court: Li Shen/Yu, Legacies: (Yin) Rake/ (Yang) Hermit, Kun Shou (Seeming): hsien-jin, Kwannon-jin (Kith): Chu-ih-yu

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 5, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 1, Manipulation 2, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 5, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 3, Dodge 2, Intimidation 4, Leadership 1, Shentao 3, Skills: Crafts 1, Etiquette 2, Mediation 4, Melee 5 (sword), Security 2, Stealth 3, Survival 2, Knowledges: Classics 3, Computer 1, Divination 2, Enigmas 2, Investigation 2, Lore: Kithain 4, Occult 3

Wu Tans: Tieh Tan (Metal Alchemy) 4, Shui Tan (Water Alchemy) 4, Nei Tan (Internal Alchemy) 3, Di Tan (Earth Alchemy) 3, Elemental Affinity: Metal

Backgrounds: Jade Talisman 3, Pakua 4, Remembrance 5

Tao: 4, Yin 7, Yang 6, Yugen 12, Willpower: 9

SiTu Jen Hui

Background: The last thing Ricky remembered was the look on Jen's face as he glanced over his shoulder and lost control of the motorcycle. Jen knows that now, because she was there in more ways than one. Before the accident Jen was the right-hand woman of Ricky "the Mongoose", the leader of one of the wildest tongs in Shanghai. Because of her gender and rumors about her relationship with Ricky, Jen worked hard to prove her merit and earn the respect of the tong. She made it a point to always take the dangerous and riskiest jobs for the tong. This wasn't hard to do since Ricky was always taking risks but it eventually caught up with the both of them. Ricky was killed instantly, and Jen was taken away in critical condition by an ambulance. She wasn't expected to survive, but the next morning the hospital nurse discovered her missing from her bed.

Jen returned that night as a Daitya, one of the fallen hsien messengers who still rebel against their banishment from Heaven. She returned to her tong to take the place of Ricky as the new "Mongoose." Since the accident and Ricky's death her fellow gang members have noticed that Jen has gotten much more aggressive and bitter and she seems to have adopted many of Ricky's mannerisms and beliefs though with a thankfully less self-destructive attitude.

Description: Jen tries to look and carry herself like she's in her twenties but is actually in her late teens. She has a certain unpolished beauty and with a pouty expression and startling intense eyes. Jen usually dresses in a simple T-shirt and jeans and a leather jacket Ricky gave her the week before he died. In Wani form, Jen's body is covered in light brown and white fur and her mouth turns into the fang filled snarl of a tanuki badger.

Roleplaying Hints: You won't let anyone underestimate you. You may look like a small girl but you make sure everyone knows you've got everything it takes to lead a gang and enough rage to beat a man within an inch of his life. You have a definite problem with authority and wouldn't mind bringing down a few institutions if it brings you one step closer to replacing the rulers of Heaven.

Home: Jen has taken to sleeping in Ricky's old cot in a garage used by their tong.

Secrets: Ricky was your previous host and it is your greatest regret that your actions hurt Jen. You secretly loved her and now are dedicated to fulfilling both Jen and Ricky's dreams by continuing Jen's existence. You also have caught the smell of Yomi among the Rattlesnake Coffin Triad and have decided to investigate alone since you don't want to endanger your friends.

Influence: Jen is the unchallenged leader of the Mongoose Tong. Jen knows almost every inch of Shanghai and having adopted Ricky's title, her name is respected among the other gangs of Shanghai.

Court: Daitya, Naobi, Legacies: Ringleader (Yin)/Beast (Yin), Kun Shou (Seeming): hsien-jin, Kwannon-jin (Kith): Tanuki

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 3, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 2, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 2, Athletics 1, Brawl 2, Intimidation 3, Leadership 3, Shentao 2, Streetwise 4 (Gangs), Skills: Drive 3, Firearms 2, Martial Arts 2 (Hard), Melee 2, Stealth 1, Knowledges: Investigation 1, Law 1, Medicine 2, Occult 1

Alchemy: Tieh Tan 3, Hou Tan 2, Equilibrium 2, Elemental Affinity: Metal

Backgrounds: Contacts 2, Influence 3 (Underworld), Pakua 2, Remembrance 2, Retinue 4 (Gang)

Yin 5, Yang 3, Tao: 0, Willpower: 6

Shanghai - Chapter Six: The Nest of Life and Renewal

A look into the trials of the Beast Court through the modern times of Shanghai.  Additional Material: Santiago (Tepet Augustus) García Belmar and cusidhe

by Chris "WiGGy" Brown and Eloy Lasanta (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

Ji'zhuo Huang watched emotionlessly as hundreds of his countrymen loaded themselves into the cramped and stifling hull of the leaky cargo ship bound for California. The trip would take a week. The conditions would likely kill most of the elderly passengers and many of the youngsters. That these people had saved for years to afford the price of passage his cartel charged meant nothing to him.   Nor would the fact that once in America, many of them would be forced into lives of prostitution or virtual slave labor.

What mattered to Huang was the profit made from the price of passage. Twelve thousand USD per head is a tidy sum of cash to be made each trip, though much of it went to paying off American customs officials and immigration officers. In fact, Huang had been known to lower the price per person on occasion to allow whole families to travel together.  This calculated benevolence afforded him a reputation for fairness and compassion, a reputation that could not be further off the mark.

The real money made by this illicit smuggling of human cargo came from an under the table payoff from government officials hoping to reduce the pressure of China’s population. For every trip made successfully, Huang's other illegal endeavors were given free reign, and allowed to pass unhindered through Chinese waters. A smuggler of weapons, drugs, humans and other oddities, Huang was renowned as both a cold-blooded criminal and popular debutante.

Looking to the west he watched the sun as it slid behind the horizon, slowly casting the harbor in darkness, glancing at his watch, he smiled.  Right on time. Swiftly the practiced workers finished closing the hull off and surrounded the cramped smuggling facility with low-grade fertilizer, then, with a final nod to Huang, packed up their equipment and went home for the evening. Leaning against the side of a forklift that had seen better nights, Huang lit a smoke and inhaled the waterfront fumes contentedly.

To the eye of the uninformed, Huang was a middle-aged, slightly balding Chinese male, of mixed ancestry with a benign smile and a rough dockworker's voice. He was generally unassuming, spoke little and had a fondness for American cigarettes and Italian food.  He liked German cars and Russian alcohol, but at heart, he loved his country. In as much as he cared for anything. His reputation among the upper echelons of society was impeccable, and he had proven time and time again that he would support his country, even if he wasn't above getting something out of it for himself. Overall, Huang was over-looked by the law enforcement through a combination of cunning, patience and connections, intelligence agencies around the world would be put off knowing this fatherly man was responsible for nearly hundreds of unsolved murders and hijackings.

"Why did we need to be here to watch the loading of a bunch of worthless emigrants?" Nicholas Tsing was not a happy camper; he hated the smell of brine, and had little to no part in the smuggling of human cargo, feeling it was a waste of precious vehicles and time. His contribution to Huang's thriving criminal organization was a mind for numbers and a total lack of moral fiber. Though he began as a number cruncher, helping cover the tracks of Huang's illegal operations, Nicholas had a fondness for violence and torture that went beyond anything Huang had ever encountered before. Nicholas was only truly happy when raping, killing or maiming, and lived for those moments when he was given the life of someone who had crossed Huang. Schooling in America had left him with a taste for hip-hop, and he dressed the part, right down to the distressingly oversized pants, combined with the ever-present MP3 player pounding out another jam from the newest rap artist. Nicholas was nearly impossible to connect with the series of maimed and mutilated bodies found underneath the Empress Hotel last year.

"Because we are meeting someone who helps hold this small, but important," stressing the words slightly, he continued, "piece of our organization together." Huang had long ago realized Nicholas had not a single patriotic bone in his body, yet the importance of the smuggling operation could not be over-stated. "Mr. Guang provides us with services unavailable elsewhere, services that have prevented us from ever being boarded."

His interest piqued, Tsing asked curiously, "How does this guy manage that nifty trick?"

"I have no idea, but since he offered his help, three American agents have died in 'accidents' while snooping, two British Trawlers sunk mysteriously just before boarding one of our ships and I have no idea how many overly curious locals have disappeared without anyone the wiser." Huang looked amused, "and more so, I don't intend to ask, he charges very little, and has yet to fail me."

"So, this guy says to you, 'hey, I wanna be part of your organization, I'll kill people for you, and you don't ask no questions.' And you just went for it?"

The incredulity in Tsing's voice seemed insolent to Huang, but he brushed off the insult. "My dear Nicholas, I am not in the habit of randomly trusting people.  I had the fellow checked out, and he has a reputation along the docks as a wild man, given to violent fits and cold-bloodedness to rival your own. After much digging, I discovered he doesn't exist. It was my guess he worked as a spook for one of the world’s agencies and went solo. Truth to be told, I had contingency plans in case he turned out false," shrugging he took a drag of the smoke before continuing. "But, after three years of our deal, he still plays straight. Who am I to look a gift horse in the mouth?"

Tsing shook his head in amazement, "I still say you took a risk, Huang.  I mean, what if he had turned out to be an American agent?"

"He would have died within hours of my arrest." There was no hint of bluster or boasting in Huang's voice, just a statement of fact.

"I always figured you had me pegged for a hit Huang." The voice came from above them, and both men moved fast as they drew their guns and sighted on the figure above them. Sitting nonchalantly on the roof of the forklift with a grin reminiscent of the Cheshire Cat, was Mr. Guang. To Nicholas, the man looked like something from a sailor’s cliché, huge shoulders connected to overly developed arms, the chest bulged inside the simple wool shirt and the face above it all was hideous. Crooked teeth, under an oft-broken nose, beady eyes beneath an over-hanging brow, the skin was pock marked and the hair poorly trimmed. All in all, decided Nicholas, Mr. Guang looked like someone he did not want to cross, on even terms anyway.

"How did you get up there without us hearing you?" Blurted out Huang, his legendary cool temporarily lost.

"I moved very quietly." Dropping down smoothly, Mr. Guang chuckled. "Shit, you damn near crapped your pants."

"We damn near shot you." Huang’s voice was tense and angry, and he had yet to put away his gun.

Guang shrugged. "I've been shot before. I'd have gotten over it." Glancing at the guns still in both men's hands, he added, "Now why don't you put those things away so we can talk business?"

Gesturing for Nicholas to do the same, Huang holstered his gun again, before asking, "Why did you want to meet? You did get the last payment, right?"

"Huh? Oh yeah, I got the money, no problem there man. It's just… you seem to be a touch over-cautious here. I mean, you have nearly eighty ships we could be using to continue this side of the business, but you only utilize twelve." Grinning affably in a hideous kind of way, Guang finished, “I want to expand the immigration side of things, you see."

"Why?" Huang’s voice contained more than the usual amount of suspicion.

"Much like yourself, Huang, I get a portion of profits from people connected to the operation, and I intend to increase that profit margin, with your help, of course."

Although outwardly calm and seemingly interested, inwardly Huang was gloating; sure he had finally figured out the mysterious Mr. Guang. Smiling to show his appreciation of the idea, Huang spoke quietly, "Well Mr. Guang, I can understand the desire to increase your profit margin, and I believe we can come to a number of ships that suits both of us."

"Sixty." The flat and short sentence made both Tsing and Huang’s eyes bug out.

"Sixty? You must be joking, I have other businesses that need those ships, and sixty is simply out of the question."

"I will help subsidize the appropriation of another twenty five ships over the next two years.  After that, I will add my own share of the money you pay me to continue to buy more ships until we reach a solid sixty ships. Until then, you turn another fifteen to our business, and hold onto the money you would be paying me."

Neither Tsing nor Huang could believe their ears; Guang was offering to pay for the operation out of his own pocket. To Huang that settled his beliefs.  Guang must indeed be playing ball both for Chinese gangs around the world and the PRC government, no matter what officials claimed. If this was true, the profits to be gained were infinite, and Huang had not gotten where he was by turning down good deals.

"I think I can find it in my heart to accept those terms, Mr. Guang, and I shall of course, begin to expand the operation within the month. Your next payment package shall include a summary of the ships to be added to 'our' enterprise." As good an actor as Huang had become over the years, the greed in his voice was apparent to both Nicholas and Guang, though both reacted differently. Guang smiled and nodded satisfied with the answer, but Nicholas's eyes bugged out and his jaw dropped, though, wisely he kept his tongue for the moment. Looking at his watch, Huang smiled. "Now, Mr. Guang, I have other things to attend to… if we have no further business?"

Guang shook his head, and responded in the negative.  Quickly Huang and Nicholas returned to their car and pulled away into the darkness leaving a chuckling Mr. Guang standing in the dockyard. Mr. Guang, also known as Storm Rider, began to undress as he walked to the waters edge. Naked by the time he reached the water, he reached under the dock, pulled out a plastic bag, stuffed his clothing into it, tied it shut, and hung it from a nail under the docks edge. Then, he calmly dived into the water, mid-dive his body twisted and reformed, and it was a tiger shark that broke the water’s surface, not a man.

As he plunged through the water, Storm Rider couldn't help but feel a glow of success, because no matter what Huang believed, in the long run, it was the shadowy Mr. Guang who won out. The flood of human cargo into other countries would help reduce the pressure on China’s gasping ecology, pollution into the waters of China would reduce, profits would be made and contacts strengthened. It was a win-win situation for Storm Rider and his Same-Bito companions, and with the Nezumi’s co-operation, the flood of people seeking to escape the horrors of China would grow, as more and more the crimes and diseases added to the suffering of the humans in China. Of course, along the way, a ship or two would sink thanks to 'freak' storms, and the Same-Bito and their Rokea cousins would feed well upon the victims with no one the wiser. After all, who would believe Mr. Guang could summon storms?

'Now, off to inform Black Rain Falls.'

* * *

Miles away, Huang was enjoying a nice dinner at Vitelas, one of the finest Italian restaurants in the province, with an old friend of his. 

"Let me assure you, Inspector Wu, the upgrade in our operations will only benefit you and your force. Crime will decrease, pressure will be taken off the force, more money will roll into the wallets of our cities’ underpaid police, and of course, you will receive a larger profit than ever." Huang’s smile was wide, and he offered up a toast, with a glass of expensive French wine. "To the continued growth of our profits, and to the People’s Republic of China."

On an isolated island, battered by winds and waves, two men sat on an outcropping, staring into the distances, turning to face the massive man beside him, Black Rain Falls asked, "Do you think this will really help, Storm? Or are we just trying to hold off a flood with a clay wall?"

Storm Rider could only say, "It's something, and every little bit counts." 


The Nest of Life and Renewal

Memories Shade Speaks

If you believe for a minute that the filthy spiders have given up kid, you are in for a damn surprise. Those bloody bugs haven't gone away, they've just got sneakier. I don't give a damn what that mouthpiece Po Hung says, we haven't won yet. Take that missing Kitsune pup, or the nameless Shark we all know about, but pretend not to, perhaps you have noticed the elders running around with a fixed smile? Yeah? I thought so. The proverbial shit is about to hit the fan, and our forces are divided. The Rats call for a war on the humans, the sharks circle each other warily, my own kin have left, the Tigers are wrestling with everything in sight, the Snakes are watching us so closely, I can't take a dump...oh, and the mighty Middle Dragons…hmmph.

If things don't get working soon, we are screwed…but don't tell anyone, you might upset their day.

A couple of hours off Shanghai’s shore lies a small island that is protected by a Government issued decree, declaring the un-named island to be a Federal Wildlife Reserve. To those in the know, the island is a reputed stop over for smugglers and pirates. Many believe politicians pushed through the Wildlife Preserve declaration on the take, just waiting for their share.

But the true secret of the island lies hidden beneath its surface, inside the maze of caverns and tunnels that honey-comb its length.  It is here, in the depths of the island, that the spirit worlds reach out and grasp the physical world. It is here also, that the noble and dignified Beast Court of the hengeyokai preside and render judgment on those who would harm the Emerald Mother.

Or so they would have you believe.

The truth is that the Emerald Court of Shanghai is in a decidedly tenuous position. Unknown interference has changed the flow of the nest’s Chi, and the fragile balance of a Fertility nest is dangerously precarious. To make matters worse, the nest is now playing temporary home to a large faction of hsien who have been driven from their own nest, and the presence of these (mostly) unwanted guests raises the tension level inside the already easily upset environment of the dragon nest.

Recently, with the shift of the nests power level upwards and the surge of hsien refugees into the relatively small confines of the island, the political balance has begun to shift and everyone fears where it may stop.  The fragile nature of the nest, and the ferocity of its most numerous defenders, has kept the dragon nest itself safe from attack or disruption for centuries…until now.

The Nest

Dragon nest (Caern): Unnamed Wilderness Preservation Island, off the coast of Shanghai

Level:  5 (Originally 3), Type: Fertility, Wall (Gauntlet): 3
Totem: Crab (Once it was Crane)
Dimensions: The Island is roughly 6 miles across, by 9 miles long; the caverns run the length of the island.
Population: Originally averaging twenty to thirty (mostly Same-Bito), the nest now plays home to a veritable number of hsien, as well as the original hengeyokai occupants.

Crab Totem, Background Cost: 4

Crab is a servant of C'et as well as a Totem of Wisdom, and it is unsurprising that few Same-Bito take him as their Totem.  Crab takes no offense to this, he is grateful to those among the Same-Bito who deign to acknowledge him.  It is not uncommon for Wave Sentai from the Shanghai court to take Crab as their guide, for his wisdom and kindness guide the dragon nest, so why should he not guide them? Although grumpy, and slightly preachy when he feels he is right, Crab is a wise and kind totem who seeks to remind the Same-Bito that the world is both surface and sea.

Traits: Crab’s children gain +2 Science and +1 Seafaring.  When confronted with human technology, they receive a -1 on difficulty rolls to understand it. Once per day, non-Same-Bito children of Crab may triple the length of time they can hold their breath, and Same-Bito get one 'free' day on land without having to spend Gnosis on the Totem.

Ban: Once per week Crab asks that his Same-Bito children venture on land, even if they travel no further than the beach. For his land dwelling children, he asks that once per week they venture out into the sea, above or below the waves, and eat of the Sea’s bounty.

Crane Totem, Background Cost: 6

Crane is an ancient and noble Totem, one of respect, tradition, and adherence to older ways. With his long neck and swift beak, he strikes the water and plucks his prey out before they realize what has happened. Although slow to act, when he sets his mind to a decision Crane strikes swiftly and decisively. Crane favors sentai that uphold the old ways and is dead set against anything that has not been tried and proven over years. A staunch supporter of Rituals, any sentai chosen by Crane will find their days and nights ensnared in Rituals, but the benefits are many.

Traits: Children of Crane are granted the Ritual knowledge of their Totem, each sentai member gains an additional dot in Rituals, and when they perform Rituals as a group the difficulty is lowered by one (though never less than 3). The sentai may call upon an additional 3 Willpower points per story.

Ban: Children of Crane must help protect his physical kin, and must also never forget to show their respect to Crane himself, by performing a Ritual of Thanks once a month under a half-moon.

How It All Began

The history of the Nest of Life and Renewal begins with an aged and battered Same-Bito looking for a place to recover from battle or to die. It was the hand of the Emerald Mother that guided him to the barren and desolate island that would one day house the great Beast Court. Once upon the island, the elder Same-Bito, Two Minds, sensed something unusual, and began to search for the source of this sensation. Forgotten were his wounds and the fatigue of battle, even then, on the brink of death, this dark water could not let his curiosity go unheeded. Hours of fruitless search led him only to frustration, so he turned to the local spirits. Bartering a piece of his life essence upon death, Two Minds gained the guidance of a local Hermit Crab spirit into the maze of the underground caverns.

Once into the center, it took all of thirty seconds for Two Minds to decipher what lay before him, basking in the beauty of an undiscovered dragon nest Heart.  He rested and meditated for weeks upon the island before setting out to bring other guardians.

Two years later, accompanied by an aging Zhong Lung, three Tengu and a small school of Same-Bito, Two Minds returned. As the years crawled by and the hengeyokai began to shape the dragon nest, the small Hermit Crab spirit began to grow until he overshadowed the previous nest’s dominant spirit. Astonished by this turn of events, the hengeyokai could only ask the Crab to explain how this came to be. "The life essence promised to me was but the beginning, each of you has shown great love and devotion to my island, as I fed on your hopes and dreams, so too, did Crane retreat from your passion and desire to shape."

Decades would pass before Two Minds was finally killed in battle with a sea monster, and in taking that piece of essence promised, Crab took on Two Minds’ curiosity and protectiveness, and so the nest was shaped by a great and honored Same-Bito, in such ways that even Rokea not of the court occasionally stop in to pay their respects.

As the centuries passed, the nest grew in stature, and its reputation spread around the Middle Kingdom, becoming known unofficially as the Shark Nest.

Recent events have begun to destabilize this once solid and peaceful nest. Five years ago, a raiding force of bakemono led by a corrupt Tengu and Kumo assailed the nest, and penetrated into the caverns themselves. The fighting was the fiercest to ever reach the sacred shores of the island, and blood stained the walls and floors of the cavern. The stench of bakemono filth left a rank taste in the air and the confidence of the court had been shaken. Now, not five years later, an unknown force attempts to alter the shape and focus of the Dragon Lines that intersect on the island, the bewildered and fearful Elders play a game of subterfuge. Openly they claim that the alteration of the nest has been achieved by the court’s honorable fang shih, Sun Wenhui, but quietly they direct every resource possible towards discovering the culprits behind the Feng Shui battle in Shanghai.

Lay of the Land

The island’s surface is a barren, bleak and wet as hell. Trees bend constantly, under the force of the winds pushing along the coast.  The beaches are decorated with remnants of wrecks from past typhoons and little beyond a few maritime birds live on the Islands surface. To the north side of the island is a rocky cliff riddled with caves and outcroppings, here, pirates and smugglers heave to and rest for an evening as they hide away from the Coast Guard. To the west lies a flat and desolate stretch of beach, littered with rain soaked sticks and bones, as well as the occasional piece of wreckage. On the south end of the island lies a small dock, with room to tether one small craft. Officially this is the Warden’s entry and access to the Island, though in truth he has not set foot on the Island for almost five years. Finally, on the eastern edge of this Island, there sits a small shack, with a radio, fireplace, two beds and a few first aid necessities. All in all, the island’s appearance is unfriendly, and mosttourists and inspectors quickly pass by in search of more hospitable locations. The island residents would have it no other way.

The underside of the Island is reachable by a few carefully concealed and guarded locations, three along the Northern Bluff, one under the dock on the south end, and one located but forty feet from the shack, concealed by brush and bramble. Each of these locations is guarded at all times, and is a duty often handed to the nest’s youngsters to teach them patience, as well as to allow the elders to congregate in peace.

Once one has moved past the entry guardians, she begins a lengthy trip through cold and barren caves, lit only occasionally by softly glowing lichen and mold.  The traveler is accompanied by silence, and the occasional dripping of condensation. As they travel further inland, the heat begins to rise, and sounds can be made out in the distance. To the sharp-eyed, small holes and crevices hide many areas for the smaller creatures to enter and exit. Eventually, after approximately twenty to thirty minutes of walking, the inquiring individual will come upon larger caverns decorated with carvings, totemic statues, and tapestries. It is well lit with torches and occupied by creatures great and small. A collection of inter-connected caverns make up the heart of the dragon nest, though the Heart itself, is located slightly to the North end of the Island, and is a calm pool that connects to the waters outside through underground passages. It is here, in this centre of calm and peace that Crab, the spirit of the nest, resides. The Heart is sacred, and in the event of an invasion, the nest’s finest warriors will regroup outside the entry to the Heart and will gladly die before any invader set foot inside the Heart. The inner sanctum of the Heart is a warm, peaceful and ethereal area, where spirits bask under the protection of Crab and revel in the Glory of the Emerald Mother. The inner walls of the Heart’s cavern pulse gently with the passage of time, reminding the hengeyokai they fight for the heartbeat of the Mother.

The interior walls of the inner caverns are painted with beautiful iconographic images of great spirits and Incarna, all the furniture and fabric also bear images designed to placate and impress spirits, as well as visitors. Intricate glyphs and carvings decorate all the unpainted areas of the stone walls and floor.  Some are so faded as to be unreadable, but all radiate a feeling of calm and peace, to the point that even a nervous Twitcher will only be mildly uncomfortable.

To the observant eye, (or senses), the layout of the underground nest lies in a pattern that in ancient Zhong Lung glyphs spells hope, and it is this hope for the future that these hengeyokai will die to protect.

The Inhabitants

It is of interest to travelers from other courts and nests that the most numerous factions in this court are Same-Bito and Nezumi, followed closely by the Kitsune.  In fact, this maritime and isolated nest has very little representation from the Wolf-Changers, Nagah, Zhong Lung or Khan, and a smaller than average number of Tengu.

The Same-Bito

As is in their nature, the Same-Bito are a truly independent people. That’s not to say that they don’t care about the responsibilities of the dragon nest, but rather they expect everyone to conduct their duties properly without being prompted. Although this is not known to outsiders, the Sharks are divided.  One group is lead by the elder of the nest, Black Rain Falls, and the other locates itself somewhere in the ocean near the nest. Their foes would be scared to know the true numbers of the Same-Bito, as most of them don’t take part in the Emerald Courts, but are free to roam the ocean. If needed, the size of the force that they could muster could be enough to shake the seas.

Same-Bito presence in the coast of China has been constant, as they mostly follow their shark-kin. But it wasn’t until Black Rain Falls’, and his nameless rival’s, arrival that they gather in such a formidable force. Black Rain Falls has somehow convinced some of his more moderate kin to consider his nest a good place to mate. This is rather strange, as the Same-Bito always breed truly, but only Black Rain Falls knows how he convinced them. In the last years, a rather large force of Same-Bito who are against the Beast Court and in favor of the Same-Bito returning to the Rokea has gathered under the leadership of a gigantic tiger shark who has no name, as he doesn’t need such a human thing.

The Same-Bito factions have totally different visions of the future. Those loyal to Black Rain want the nest problem properly solved, the human population of Shanghai reduced to acceptable levels by appropriate means, and the protection of the hengeyokai in the city. Those under the other banner, wants nothing but the return of the Same-Bito to the purity of the sea, abandoning all facade of human compassion or connivance. This is not to mean that they would fight against each other. That, again, goes against the way Same-Bito and Rokea act. The answer is more complicated. Each one is convinced that the other is utterly wrong. Each one believes that they must convince the other of their wrongness. Each one is not well prepared to negotiate, or even consider that way of action appropriate. And finally, each one is not going to use violence whatever happens against the others, and would help their brothers if needed. That gives us a lot of tension between them when they meet in the ocean, and the occasional wounded for frenzy, but is something that no one knows about. Except them.

That suits both sides just fine. After all, it’s a shark problem.

The Name Game

Little is known about the Unnamed Same-Bito that lurks in the waters. They are waiting to attack the Nest of Life and Renewal the minute that it shows any signs of weakness, as far as the non-Same-Bito know.  They know that the Unnamed’s leader has great power, rivaling that of Black Rain Falls, and that he has many followers.  But the dreaded tiger shark has shed any semblance of humanity, renouncing a name as well.

To cope with facing a nameless enemy, the youth of the Shark’s nest have resorted to making nicknames for their adversary.  These nicknames have ranged from Watery Scumbag to Shit For Gills and many other perverse things.  Right now, they have settled on Old Salty (which has various meanings), but it is not uncommon for several incarnations of nicknames to be circulating at the same time. This practice of applying insulting names to the nameless shark is something Black Rain Falls does not appear to appreciate, and any Same-Bito caught using one of these derisive appellations within earshot of the Regent are in for a severe tongue lashing at best.

The Kitsune

There are three main issues that plague the Kitsune of Shanghai.  The first revolves around the rising power of the dragon nest and their elder, Sun Wenhui. The wise fang shih has been obsessed with the Nest of Life and Renewal since his arrival and has worked diligently to protect it from outside forces, using the techniques of Feng Shui. Recently, advanced forms of Feng Shui have been launched against the nest, prompting the investigation into the other shen.  Certain Kitsune with knowledge of Feng Shui have been sent to the city to examine the Dragon Lines and return to Ghost Eyes with the data.  Feng Shui is practiced primarily by the Kuei-jin; however, it is not their ability exclusively.  The hsien are also avid practitioners.  Could they have something to do with it?

The nameless tiger shark represents quite a problem as well and is second on the list of Kitsune worries.  The fate of the tense nest hangs in the balance, as possible war between the Same-Bito seems imminent.  The Kitsune have never known the Sharks to turn down a challenge and are just wondering who will dare who first.

Yet another situation that needs addressing is the disappearance of Burnt Whiskers, a young Roko messenger.  He has gone missing during a routine delivery and the culprit must be found.  Xia Kaili, his grandfather and seasoned warrior, has come out of retirement to lead this search, which has driven many to follow in his footsteps and seek out for the youngster as well.

The Khan

Of the entire population of hengeyokai, the single pair of Khan on the island instigate the most trouble.  The two are young, fresh of the change, and act as if they are twins.  They speak simultaneously or finish each other’s sentences and are never separated, seeking the other’s company at all times.  Not only is this seen as annoying to the other Changers on the island, but the twins are incredibly combatant, repeatedly starting fights that can only be broken up by someone of higher station.  This behavior would normally earn the Khan use of Punishment Rites, but the twins have been at the forefront of every battle against the Centipede since their first changes and are allowed their free reign as long as no one really gets hurt.  Black Rain Falls stresses the importance of a certain ferocity in battle and the idea of keeping this at all times and although his decision to leave the twins unpunished is constantly contested, his word on this issue is final. 

The Tengu

Only one Tengu currently resides in the nest.   The name he offers is Through the Shades of Memory, and he is a ferocious old creature, Raven born and battle-bred. Unlike many of his other kin, Memory’s Shade is a vicious and brutal warrior, a creature of bloodshed and terror respected even by the Nezumi for his skills in the arts of the Low War. His claws and beak slew the corrupt Tengu during the battle for the nest, and it is he who led the chase that caught the Kumo that attempted to flee. Memory’s Shade is admired by many Nezumi and Rokea for his sheer viciousness and battle lore, but heartily disliked by other more 'civilized' hengeyokai and his own Tengu brethren. Almost twenty years ago, the nest had a thriving Tengu population, but upon the arrival of Memories Shade, then the appearance of the Zhong Lung, Po Hong, the flighty Raven-kin began to seek shelter in other alcoves….

Memory’s Shade Speaks Again

Yes, it's true that a Tengu led the attack on the island, and it's true he was corrupt. But what everyone seems to forget, is he wasn't always like that. His name was Cloud Runner, and he was a gentle lad with a crush on Into the Stars, and after her death at the claws of our very own 'noble dragon'…well…he wasn't the same. Funny how things always go round in circles, eh?

The Hakken

The Wolf-Changers, primarily from Japan, have little more than a passing interest in the secluded island.  While a few Hakken work aboard the various pirate and coast guard ships that dock on the island, the majority of the tribe mostly avoid it. Something about the presence of so many Same-Bito seems to set the wolves on edge, and when they do land as either envoys or messengers, the savage impulse rises to the fore.

Zhong Lung

Despite the decline in numbers, the hengeyokai of Shanghai consider it auspicious that Po Hung is the only Zhong Lung in Shanghai. Born under a lucky sign and blessed with great spiritual strength, Hung’s life bore numerous blessings. From childhood, his family and close friends raised to be a great leader, a wise and powerful warrior, a creature of legend. His Mentors imparted battle skills, Rituals, Lore, tactics, languages, and more…they only forgot to teach him modesty and charm. Po Hung, Rending Talons of the Blazing Sun, is a cocky, overbearing bully, with an aggrandized self-image and little patience for anyone who has not beat him in personal combat. Six years ago, he slew the Tengu, Into the Stars, after she supposedly mocked his plan for wiping out the Kuei-Jin threat. Since that day, the Tengu presence in the nest has been held only by Memories Shade.

The Kumo

Every plan that the Kumo and Yama Kings have enacted in Shanghai has been thwarted by the Beast Court of the Emerald Mother.  For many years that Black Rain Falls and the other hengeyokai at the Nest of Life and Renewal were always one step ahead of the forces of the Centipede.  The stench of Yomi would continually give their presence away, leading to many lost battles. They have at this time, however, begun a much different plan.

The Kumo have found a way to mask their taint of Yomi.  For only a brief time, but time enough to do their masters’ bidding.  With this newly acquired Gift, several Kumo, all constantly in Thousand Fang form, lurk within the secret tunnels and corridors of the island’s nest.  But the procedure reaps little of value, since the Gift must be performed anew each night.  Agents have gathered just enough information to know that their analyses of  the myriad challenges the nest follows doesn’t clarify the situation.  And once the Kumo get their fangs on the secrets they seek, what terrors will they bring about? 

The Nagah

Although the Nagah presence in the nest is minimal at best, there are always one or two Nagah here. For uncountable nights, the Nagah have found a refuge in the Nest of Life and Renewal.  The Nest  serves as a time-old breeding ground for the Were-Serpents.  It’s traditional to have a Nagah leader in the sentai that directly protects the nest under the general’s orders. In this occasion, that responsibility falls to Two-Fangs of Death, a Metis female. Two-Fangs heeds the call of the Lantern, as any respectable leader would. She is closely watched by Jonathan Darksmoke, a Homid, who is one of the new courtiers of the place. At least that what’s everyone knows.

The judges of the Emerald Mother bristle at the tensions with the other Xiong Ren. The Nezumi are readying for war. The Same-Bito keep their plots close to the vest, while the wolves question the motives of all.  But with gweilo dominating their ranks, one can only anticipate disharmony. The situation resembles bad legends of the past. The Sesha has been informed and they are not happy. The wheel has turned. The Sixth Age has begun, they say. The Xiong Ren should show greater unity if they are to survive and halt the Centipede’s plans. To the Nagah’s eyes, discord rules and chaos runs rampant.

This constant state of disharmony cannot be tolerated. Most Nagah convince themselves that the desperation calls for drastic measures. Protecting the nest must come before all concerns, as to do otherwise would betray both honored seas and Gaia.  Without the Nest, the Beast Court would rip itself asunder. In fact, none but the two Nagah and the Zhong Lung know how closely Shanghai is being watched by the great courts of the Zhong Lung in China, as well as the Sesha and several other forces. The litany of the courts has been broken by all sides; it’s the opinion that danger grows day by day. Equilibrium must be regained.

The hsien

The Little Gods and hengeyokai have enjoyed a love/hate relationship from the beginning of time.  Hsien are the rulers of the elements and all spirits must seek their approval before performing certain acts in the spirit worlds, even if such act is at the request of the Beast Court.  More than once, this series of rituals and steps have caused friction between the sanctimonious hsien and their impatient and temperamental cousins. However, even through these difficulties, they have always viewed each other as cousins and, historically, openly supported each other (even if such support was merely a paper house). 

The Ministry of Water, or Shui Fu, is the local governing body of the Little Gods and has called upon the Nest of Life and Renewal for such aid.  The Ministry’s own dragon nest has waned to only a fragment of its former self, leaving the hsien with no source of Chi. This has forced quite a few of the hsien to relocate to the Xiong Ren’s nest in a last-ditch effort to survive.  Despite the gracious and benevolent welcoming of the nest and its occupants, the situation is as far from comfortable or optimal as could be hoped.  Bickering between the two groups of shen erupt almost daily as tempers fray from over-crowding and the clash of cultures. Though the situation remains mostly civil and quiet, the tempest bubbling beneath the surface has many of the hengeyokai and hsien elders nervous…when will the pot boil over?

On the upside, Ye Hao-Jie, the current leader of the hsien faction residing within the nest has offered his full support in the hunt for the missing Kitsune pup and the mystery of the Feng Shui turbulence. The only doubt left in the minds of the hengeyokai is whether or not they are facing a potential trojan horse.

The Warren of Blackness and Vengeance

Underneath the streets and below the sewers, countless tunnels and caverns travel the length of the city's coast, home to Shanghai's population of Nezumi.  Amongst these varied caverns and bolt holes, Nezumi travel swiftly and silently in service to their dark queen, the Lady of Pestilential Memories. To the local Beast Court, the Nezumi serve a useful, if distasteful, position. As bringers of disease and filth, the Nezumi act as a form of population buffer, spreading plagues and epidemics amongst the city’s overcrowded streets. Yet, this image is an illusion, for the Nezumi of Shanghai have a different goal in mind, one that could very well change the face of China itself. A tidal wave of blood and misery that will be yet another nail in the Fifth Age’s coffin.

The Tunnels of Home

To the Homid-dominated Beast Court, images of cavernous rooms filled with glittering odds and ends, chittering rats and hulking Metis come to mind when thinking of the Nezumi Warren, but nothing could be further from the truth. The Warren is a series of tunnels small enough to allow only creatures of rat size or smaller through, connected to caverns that a grown man would have to kneel in to avoid being brained. A single sizable cavern can  host Rites and Celebrations, provided that the participants enjoy being cramped. Any rat-breed Nezumi can appreciate the atmosphere and ambience that such close quarters provide.  The Homid-born, on the other hand, deplore the Warren.  A single gas-lit lantern provides the only illumination for those who attend the meetings.  The diggers provided a few crude holes large enough to hold Homid form Changers on the periphery, where the Engineers like the high-faluting monkeys to stay.  The choicest central lines of power allow Nezumi Engineers a place to play, safely away from the general Nezumi population.

Most of the nests’ entrances can be accessed via sewage out pouring along the coast line, but one can also find entrances at the Shanghai Memorial Museum, two hospitals, a police station, and an elementary school. These openings are not common knowledge, even among the local Nezumi, as their strategic value is too great to risk having them discovered. Numerous other small exits from the Warren exist and are used routinely by the less well known of the nest’s inhabitants to help avoid attention.

A Method of Command

To most observers, the Nezumi are a semi-controlled Hierarchy descending down from Ishira Nezumi in Japan, the belief is that the aging Japanese Nezumi is ruler of the Asian Ratkin as a whole.  While it is true that Ishira is considered the matriarch of the Nezumi population, most Nezumi could care less for a nest two cities away, much less the commands of an aging bitch in Japan. The Chinese (and Korean, Taiwanese, Philippine, etc...) Nezumi serve their own interests, occasionally paying lip service to Ishira to appease the spirits. In truth, most nests concern themselves only with the goings on in their own vicinity unless forcibly drawn into a situation outside of their realm. Shanghai’s Nezumi are no different.  The Lady of Pestilential Memories cares not a whit for Ishira's plans or goals; she has her own problems and concerns.

To address the situation in Shanghai, the Lady has modeled the life of her subjects on a guerrilla cell structure.  as the cell leader, she issues orders to her six generals. Each of these Generals possesses recklessness and cunning, and help deliver ‘the big picture’. Beneath the Generals are the Captains, mid-rank Nezumi who have proven both their loyalty and worth to the Warren.  Acting as soldier, spy, instructor or whatever role may be required, the Captains are the Warren’s glue. At the bottom of the ranks are the stupid, decidedly untrustworthy and those fresh from the Birthing Plague. They are the Warren’s cannon fodder and first line of defense/assault.

Although she has the best interests of her kin at heart, the Lady allows no deviation from her orders, and rarely hesitates to punish those who fail her. Ruling through fear, she relies on her Generals and Captains to enact her commands to the letter. Formal Punishment Rites are rarely needed, as the loyalty of the Nezumi builds around the closeness of their shared memory.  Painful sanctions keep warren numbers high, but serve as an example or all.   Only the truly stupid or treacherous are subject to the many Punishment Rites, and Mother Rat help the fool who doesn't learn his lesson the first time.

When in the eye of the Beast Court, those Nezumi who have been given the role of acting as the Lady's eyes in court follow the Emerald Way closely.  They pay earnest homage to the local spirits and serve the regent’s orders to the best of their ability. But in the end, all actions taken are to insure the ultimate success of the Lady's objectives.

Storytellers Notes

The Lady's ultimate plans are often hinted at yet never fully fleshed out. This is intentional, and we want you the Storyteller to have the final say in what and how she enacts her goals to cleanse the human taint from Shanghai. As you read through the various Nezumi histories, hints of pieces of the plan come to the front. Disease incubators ready to be unleashed, an army of blood thirsty Nezumi, assassination and more. Make use of all (or none) of these ideas when planning out the Lady's assault, but remember, she isn't stupid, and any action that could reveal the Nezumi’s existence to the humans at large must not be allowed to go through. It is important to point out that neither the Lady nor her supporters intend to wipe the human population out, merely to reduce it to the point where the Nezumi’s original purpose can be reactivated.

The Sunset People

The situation in Shanghai bodes ill for the Garou, as they already are the weakest represented Changers in the Best Court in the city. In addition, there are only a handful of individual Garou in Shanghai, with little or no weight in the hengeyokai politics. But it is also true at times that the weakest of groups can be the greatest of  menaces.

Garou in Shanghai

Until recently, the Wolf presence in Shanghai was nonexistent. Far from their ancestral homelands, the Hakken have not intruded in their cousins’ works, as stated in the litany. In fact, their presence in the city started with two gweilo from Italy several years ago. One of them was Pietro Antolini, a successful executive from a top international company, also known as Pietro Code-Breaker, a Theurge from the Glass Walker Tribe. With him came a woman born in Italy, but of Chinese descent named Silvia Long, Ahroun from the Bone Gnawer Tribe.

Pietro has always been fascinated by Chinese culture and has made several trips to Shanghai on business. One of these trips resulted in being attacked by native Leeches, who didn’t like the presence of ignorant shen in their city. Fortunately, he was rescued by a handful of Rokea. Antolini had never heard of such a Fera.  They quickly explained to him his position as a Sunset Person, and that he was not welcome. This drew forth even more curiosity about Pietro’s elusive cousins. He had to know more.  Then Silvia arrived.

Silvia blended in quite easily in the local slums, following the subtle traces of Changer presence in the Shanghai. She had a keen eye and found several of them.  Pietro sent anonymous financial projections to these Changers, offering great opportunities to make huge quantities of money in numerous investment opportunities. Some of them laughed it off, but those who used his tips acquired flourishing bank accounts. Pietro’s predictions were correct, down to the last digit.

This impressed enough of the locals for Sylvia to arrange an audience for Pietro with the Beast Court.  He quickly impressed the elders with his great knowledge of local tradition and command of Chinese.  Certain Lantern gifts told that he was telling the truth when he said he only wanted to help and learn. He was given an opportunity to prove himself, being properly instructed in the ways of the Beast Court of the Emerald Mother, and it paid off.  He was inducted into their courts, becoming the first local Sunset Person member.  He has proved his worth as a financial investor, although he is still looked down upon by some of the more traditional.

Stargazers

For years, the now permanently Asian-bound Stargazers have stood in court, shoulder to shoulder with any other Changer in the Beast Court.  The recent events in Shanghai have raised the interest of the Tribe, prompting their sending in a lone Garou into the city.  His name is Brilliant Soul and he is in the city to acquire information.  His identity is known only to Black Rain Falls and Nezumi Reiko, who were informed that anyone else who found out about his arrival would die a horrible death.  Reiko has since led a force to destroy this lone Stargazer for insulting her honor.

Changers of Note (NPCs)

Hengeyokai

Black Rain Falls, Regent of the Court

Background: Black Rain was one of the countless hammerheads that roamed the seas of China until his first change. Then he was introduced to a vast multi-species nest somewhere in China. There he learned his lessons well, and was ready to be Lantern in service of the Emerald Mother. He joined a sentai with other hengeyokai from different nests. Black Rain Falls served as Lantern of this fledgling sentai. The other members were Nezumi Reiko the Fist, Sun Wenhui the Mirror, a Hakken named Heimichi Matsuo as Pillar, and a Tengu called Black Feathered Night as Leaf. 

Together, called the Swift Retribution, the sentai traveled the Middle Kingdom, fighting the enemies of the Emerald Mother wherever they showed their demonic faces. The bakemono feared even the mention of their name and, under Grandfather Thunder’s patronage, they achieved a kind of legend that even the mythical Luna-Beast sentai found difficult to surpass.  But with their victories came great overconfidence. Several times, they crossed paths with the plans of Emperor Zokoku, a powerful and cunning Kumo, cunning enough to lure the sentai into a death trap. Black Rain Falls survived with horrible scars. So did Reiko and Sun Wenhui, but the others were not so lucky.

After the disaster, the incomplete sentai decided to settle on protecting the nest that they discovered in one of their missions, and created their own court. Several years later, the Luna-Beast sentai would finally surpass the legend of the Swift Retribution when they chased and killed Emperor Zokoku. Vengeance was not to be Black Rain’s.

Now, Black Rain Falls has grown older and wiser. He’s ready to defend his people, as he failed to do in the past. "May the Emerald Mother found piety of his enemies".  Black Rain Falls felt the last sense of that emotion when his friends died. He doesn’t know who is toying with his nest. He doesn’t care. He wants all of them destroyed, his houseguests gone and the problem finished.

Description: In Homid, a brutish looking Mongolian man, thick eyebrows and a heavy brow ridge give him the impression of a thug, which is not so far off of the mark. He wears his greying long hair in a thick braid. His eyes are deep set and his many teeth jut out at odd angles. His nose is sharply hooked.  Most prominent is a vicious burn scar on his left cheek. Broad of shoulder, thick of neck, wide-chested and mounted on veritable tree trunks of legs, Black Rain Falls is a quiet individual, given to listening and observing over being heard.

Roleplaying Hints: When you speak, your voice is scratchy and deep, and you use as few words as possible. Despites what most people think, you’re intelligent and discerning, and given to a VERY dry humor. You discern enough to see the spies around you. You take the advice of both Reiko and Sun Wenhui to heart.

Although weary of constant battle and bloodshed, Black Rain is not afraid to defend himself and over the years has become a brilliant tactician. If Black Rain possesses any real faults, it is that many other Same-Bito feel he has grown soft and deep inside he believes them, and when push comes to shove, he generally turns the other cheek to small infractions committed by Same-Bito in his region. This is not true with the other shifters, however...

Home: The Nest of Life and Renewal.

Secrets: In all your years, you have unearthed too much wisdom for your comfort. Your most important secrets are twofold, and are related. You know that the Nezumi are readying something. Probably, they know that you know. You doesn’t have a clue about what it is, but are prepared for the worst. You know that it’s practically impossible for your rivals to know of the other Same-Bito that have relocated themselves near the nest, but you have taken measures to make them look like your enemies. When you say that you have two best friends, you are lying. You have a third friend, one who is near you and has no name.

Influence: Black Rain Falls has almost ultimate command of Shanghai’s Xiong Ren.  Despite the rumors about him that circulate behind his back, he stands as the unabated leader of the local Beast Court.

Breed: Tangaroa, Auspice: Lantern (Mediator), Tribe: Same-Bito, Nature/Demeanor: Leader/ Survivor

Stats: Physical: Strength 4, Dexterity 4, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 4, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 4, Brawl 4, Dodge 4, Empathy 2, Expression 2, Intimidation 5, Primal-Urge 4, Subterfuge 3, Skills: Animal Ken 1, Etiquette 2, Leadership 4, Melee 3, Seafaring 3, Stealth 3, Knowledges: Enigmas 3, Investigation 2, Linguistics 3, Medicine 1, Occult 2, Politics 2, Rituals 3

Backgrounds: Allies 5 (all the Same-Bito in the region), Remora 5

Gifts: (1) Killing Bite, Teeth of the Skin, Gulp, Eyes of the Wound, (2) Strength of Purpose, Shagreen Skin, Unsea’s Blessing, Courtly Speech, (3) Consume Taint, Shark’s Bones, School’s Fear Wriggling Teeth, Waking Dream of Unity, (4) Kun’s Maw, Relentless Hunt, Part the Veil, Rites: Talisman Dedication, Rite of Rokea Blood, Rite of the School’s Wisdom, Rite of Feeding the Ghosts, Journey’s End. All the Punishment Rites up to Rank 3.

Rage 7, Gnosis 4, Willpower 8, Rank: 5

Fetishes: Net of Vengeance.

Nezumi Reiko, the General

Background: The granddaughter of the great matriarch of clan Nezumi, Reiko was born under the careful supervision of a Nezumi father and a human mother. She was immediately taken away to start training and being bitten with the birth plague as soon as possible.  Reiko had been grown for war. She killed her first opponent to greater glory of the clan at eight, prior to her first change. She was given strange things created by the greatest Shadow Seers of all Asia to make her even bigger than the normal Nezumi warrior. She was carefully trained in her grandmother castle about all the things that could harm a living being. 

Reiko’s unforeseen ability at diplomacy shocked her elders, given her upbringing. After all, she only killed two Nezumi and a dozen of human Kinfolk when she was informed that she was to be sent to join a mixed sentai under the orders of a Same-Bito. In fact, she was pretty calm after the finest of her grandmother's Knife-Skulkers “convinced” her of the wisdom of the Matriarch. She went there, with only one thing in her mind: to find a quick excuse to kill her “brothers” as soon as possible.

Black Rain Falls more than exceeded her expectations.  Reiko quickly became friends with both her leader and Sun Wenhui, the Kitsune. She even tolerated the other two. She was happy, and learned a lot about self-control from them. As the Hakken always told her, she learned to control her temper. She combined that with her grandmother’s teachings of eidetic memory. No one has offended her and survived. They have lived a day, a month a year... it’s no matter. They keel over sooner or later.

When the Hakken and the Tengu fell, Reiko was hurt, but not deeply. She devoted all her energies to save the members that mattered of the sentai. It was an easy choice, after all, to save her both friends over her two companions, but it was a choice she never talks about.

Lately, the normal disloyalty of the Asian nests to her grandmother’s and her own interests has greatly perturbed her. She doesn’t know how Black Rain Falls gained info on the Nezumi Warren, and she doesn’t care. If anything menaces her nest... they will simply die. Now, if they can first free her of those annoying hsien…

Description: Reiko’s unique combination of bulk and height fools most first time onlookers.  Is it male? Is it female?  Is it even remotely human?  It's difficult to describe her as "pretty" although she has certain charisma. Her hair is short and roughly cut, making it a bit irregular. Reiko allows it to grow in whatever way it wants. She is moderately clean, which makes her one of the cleanest Nezumi around here. No one jokes about that, at least anyone who wants to sleep with all his teeth.

Roleplaying Hints: You have a bad temper, although you are not stupid. You have learned a lot about self-control all this years, but sometimes it is not enough. You never forget an offense, no matter how small, and always repay them with a greater one. But you are the kind of person that machinates your revenge slowly, and you’re always difficult to predict. You have only two friends, and never, ever, have need of more.  Right now, you are torn between your loyalty to your Black Rain Falls and the Nezumi Warren, the decision of which to side with will be a difficult one when the time comes.

Home: The Nest of Life and Renewal

Secrets: When you need to know a secret, you ask for it from your grandmother. When you need it, however, is to avenge an insult on you. Few have lived through your revenge.

Influence: Reiko has moderate influence throughout Shanghai and the Ratkin Warren.  But she has the most power at the Nest of Life and Renewal, being the army’s general, second only to Black Rain Falls.

Breed: Homid, Auspice: Fist (Warrior), Tribe: Nezumi, Nature/Demeanor: Fanatic/Fanatic

Stats: Physical: Strength 5, Dexterity 4, Stamina 5, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 3, Appearance 1, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 2, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 4, Brawl 4, Dodge 5, Empathy 1, Intimidation 4, Primal-Urge 3, Streetwise 1, Subterfuge 2, Skills: Etiquette 1, Firearms 4, Melee 5, Stealth 4, Survival 4, Knowledges: Enigmas 1, Linguistics 3, Occult 2, Politics 1, Rituals 1

Backgrounds: Colony 5 (Japan), Mentor 5, Plague 5

Gifts: (1) Cloak of Shadows, Resist Toxin, Shadow Throw, Cooking, Resist Pain, (2) Spirit of the Fray, Rat’s Teeth, Snitch, Courtly Speech, (3) Backbite, Stocking Fury’s Furnace, Rite: Rite of the Pain-Dagger

Rage 5, Gnosis 5, Willpower 7, Rank: 4

Sun “Ghost Eyes” Wenhui (Literate wisdom)

Background: From an early age Wenhui was interested in the mystic arts.  He was apprenticed to a fang shih early on and has become a respected practitioner himself.  In addition to Feng Shui, Sun learned from his mother various Taoist arts, which served him well in his old sentai.

During the times he was away from his mother, he read extensively from the famous Asian tacticians, Sun Tzu, Cao Cao and Zhuge Liang.  Sun will even claim to have spoken to Master Sun’s spirit on one occasion.  All of this reading was put to the test during the war for Shanghai.  After an initial error, Sun Wenhui flawlessly executed many battle plans.

Unfortunately his tactical brilliance could not save all of the Changers.  Seeing this as a personal failure, Sun delved into darker magics and became nearly obsessed with protecting the dragon nest on the island.  Using Feng Shui and spirit bindings he has erected numerous defenses around the nest.

He is now troubled by strange dreams of him standing on the top of the island, which is now barren, with a mutilated crane at his feet.  Sun is trying to puzzle out the meaning of this dream and is considering going to the hsien for help so as not to show weakness in front of his sentai.

The changing of the dragon nest’s nature has disturbed Wenhui even further.  It seems that someone is using advanced Feng Shui arts that he cannot discern.  He is truly up against something powerful.

Description: Ghost Eyes appears a mid-thirties, gaunt Han Chinese man.  The major distinguishing feature about him is his mismatched eyes (one brown, one green).  Wears his hair short and has glasses.  At court, he wears traditional robes of a Taoist sorcerer.  In his fox form he has dark red fur and the black marking are turning purplish, while his tail tip is starting to glow a pale green/white.  This is due to his strong association with Yin energies.

Roleplaying Hints: You are the spiritual guardian of the nest and must defend it at all costs.  The sudden strengthening of the nest is worrisome; as you had not planned this and the shift in the Chi flows show a definite unnatural tampering with the Feng Shui of the area.  Perhaps your delving into darker magics has triggered this, but in the aftermath of the Kuei-jin war you cannot afford to leave the nest nor abandon your studies of the hells.

Home: The Nest of Life and Renewal, 24/7.

Secrets: If Wenhui continues on his path of study without asking for outside help either from the Zhong Lung or other wizards, he is well on the road to finding a copy of the Broken Winged Crane.

Influence: Wenhui has little influence, except that he is a member of the fabled Swift Retribution sentai.  He prefers it this way, seeing followers as getting in the way.

Breed: Shinju (Metis), Auspice: Doshi (Sorcerer), Tribe: Kitsune, Nature/Demeanor: Fanatic/Sage

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 4, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 5, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Intimidation 4, Primal Urge 3, Subterfuge 2, Skills: Animal Ken 2, Etiquette 4, Knowledges: Enigmas 5, Investigation 2, Linguistics 3, Occult 4, Rituals 5

Backgrounds: Ancestors 3, Go-en 1, Library 4, Resources 2

Gifts: (1) Flow of Aura, Mindspeak, Scent of the True Form, Sense Wyrm, Spirit Speech, (2) Blood Omen, Command Spirit, Ghost Speech, Imperial Authority, Past Whispers, Sense Imbalance, (3) Distant Whispers, Exorcism, Wisdom of the Ancient Ways, (4) By the Light of the Moon, Scent of Beyond, Ju-Fu Gifts: (1) Lantern, Paper Speech, (2) Eyes of the Wall, Labyrinth, (3) Banishment, (4) Walk, Disciplines: Feng Shui 1, Rites: Rite of Feeding the Ghosts, Rite of Quiet Burial, Rite of the Opened Way

Rage 4, Gnosis 6, Willpower 7, Rank: 4


Xia Kaili (Triumphant Strength)

Background: Kaili fought all of his life against the Centipede, joining the Beast Court immediately after his first change.  In addition to that he has done his filial duty and sired a son who went on to be a Kitsune as well.  The death of his wife during his son’s birth finally took the fight out of him and so he settled down for many years to teach the next generation how to carry out the battle against the Centipede.

His years of peace went smoothly, as he was easily able to adjust from a brutal warrior to a Buddhist monk.  But the intensity of the recent events has prompted his return to active duty instead of remaining to guard the nest.  He is responsible for traveling back and fourth to the dragon nest on the island and establishing ties with the local hsien still in Shanghai. 

Description: An older Chinese man with a shaved head and rippling muscles, known for wearing the robes of a Buddhist monk.  A very large man, who is heavily scarred. 

Roleplaying Hints: You grow restless and feel that a more active stance is needed to defend against the Kuei-jin, while the other hengeyokai want to protect the precious dragon nest.  The Emerald Mother has asked much of you and you have given it all willingly but the loss of your wife was almost too much to bear.  Now, you are looking for someone to take out your frustration on and you’re hoping it’s those who are manipulating the dragon nest.

Home:  Kaili spends equal time between the Nest of Life and Renewal and the Jade Buddhist Temple where he used to live.

Secrets: Having strolled the city on several occasions in search of his grandson, he has many run-ins with Shanghai Tongs.  He has discovered that many Daitya work with these Tongs and just happen to be in areas where he is told has bad Feng Shui.  Could it be their fault?

Influence:  The name Xia Kaili is well-known throughout the city, yet many still take him for the passive monk, while he is in full warrior mode.  Each person that crosses his path in battle spreads the news to the next. 

Breed: Kojin (Homid), Auspice/Path: Eji (Warrior), Tribe: Kitsune, Nature/Demeanor: Sage/Bravo

Stats: Physical: Strength 5, Dexterity 3, Stamina 4, Social: Manipulation 2, Charisma 3, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 2, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 3, Brawl 3, Dodge 3, Primal-Urge 4, Skills: Etiquette 1, Leadership 3, Meditation 2, Melee 4, Knowledges: Enigmas 2, Linguistics 2, Lore: hsien 2, Medicine 2, Occult 2, Rituals 1

Backgrounds: Clan 3, Go-en 2

Gifts: (1) Razor Claws, Resist Pain, Smell of Man, Falling Touch, (2) Enduring Warrior, Spirit of the Fray, Staredown, (3) Song of Fear, Weak Arm

Rage 4, Gnosis 5, Willpower 8, Rank: 3

Burnt Whiskers, Xia Ronghuang (Proud and sparkling)

Background: Ronghuang is the grandson of the famous warrior Xia Kaili and has currently gone missing. Unlike his grandfather, Burnt Whiskers had very little discipline and was continuously poking his nose into all sorts of hornets’ nests.  He grew up and behaved very much like his personal name implies, he was quick-witted, very proud and, at many times, foolish. 

As a Dreamweaver, he was trained to be an envoy to other hengeyokai nests and hsien courts.  His first assignment was to the local hsien court located in Yu Yang Gardens, but he never arrived there, and no one can locate him.  His grandfather is upset that Xia Ronghuang has abandoned his duties to go off on some lark but the rest of the nest, who has trained him and has seen him mature a bit, believes some other supernatural faction has interfered.

Description: A rather attractive young Chinese man in his early twenties.  He usually wears clothes of the western “hip hop’ style, not uncommon of the youth in Shanghai.  Usually though, he is seen in his fox form which has a bright red pelt.

Roleplaying Hints: Your mother named you Sparkles Like Dew when you were whelped.  Your name changed just after you did when an exploration trip into Shanghai went awry and a dare, from another new Kitsune, and a lantern “earned” you this deed name.  You took it all in stride and decided to wear it as a badge of honor and a symbol of your curiosity. You were and still are constantly poking into things, whether it is an interesting hole or human affairs.  You spend as much time in the city as possible and avoid the nest, mainly because Sun Wenhui gives you the willies.

Home: Burnt Whiskers has no set home.  He bunks with strangers, sleeps on the street or stays with friends most of the time.  A chaotic lifestyle by most elders’ opinions.

Secrets:  You saw some strange events concerning people wrecking a neighborhood.  Unfortunately no one knows that you have seen this and with you abduction it is likely to remain this way.

Influence: none. He’s just a messenger boy.

Breed: Roko (Lupus), Auspice/Path: Gukutsushi (Dreamweaver), Tribe: Kitsune, Nature/Demeanor: Thrillseeker/Gambler

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 3, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 2, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 2, Athletics 3, Brawl 1, Dodge 3, Empathy 1, Expression 2, Primal Urge 2, Streetwise 3, Skills: Drive 1, Etiquette 1, Performance 2, Knowledges: Enigmas 1, Linguistics 3, Occult 1, Politics 2, Rituals 1

Backgrounds: Allies 2, Contacts 2, Resources 1

Gifts: (1) Clear the Mind, Cricket Leap, Open Seal, (2) Ten Chi

Rage 2, Gnosis 5, Willpower 6, Rank: 2

Through the Shades of Memory

Background: What can be said of the Tengu who rose to heights of Glory and Honor, only to fall crashing back down to earth? One could tell tales of his exploits exposing the plans of the Kumo, Goroku the Terror; one could sing praise of his deeds in the battle to flush foreign Vampires from the shores of Taiwan. The exploits that led to his status as a veritable living legend only serve to highlight Memories Shade’s sudden, precipitous fall from grace.

It began with stories of an increase in the war between Kuei-jin and Kin-Jin on the battlefield of India. Eager to strike a blow for the Emerald Mother, mighty Sun Wing Vengeance of the Unconquered Sun sped to Calcutta to lay waste to the enemies of the planet. It was there that cockiness brought the legend low.

During a battle with an illusion crafting bloodsucker, Sun Wing was wounded gravely enough to need to seek shelter; he found it in an old abandoned temple, only to discover it wasn’t as abandoned as he had thought. The temple turned out to be the home of a Follower of Set, one with a powerful grasp of Dominate, Presence and magics so foul they could raise the dead.

For almost two years, Sun Wing was possessed by the powers of the Elder, and he fought battles on behalf of the crafty ancient, unable to regain command of his faculties, so bewildered and enchanted was he. Sun Wing battled Kuei-Jin, Kin-Jin, mortals, and other shen all at the behest of his beloved new master, sliding ever further away from the way of the Emerald Mother. That is, until his overseer fell in a battle to a perceptive and cunning Bagheera. 

With the help of the Bagheera’s mysticism and Gifts, Sun Wing shook off the effects of the Elder’s powers and returned to China. In disgrace, humbled before his peers and driven by vengeance, Sun Wing took on his new name and threw himself into battle with the bloodsuckers with more passion than ever before, followed by a flock of Tengu who both admired and feared, respected and despised him. He who was once Sun Wing sought to cleanse the Emerald Mother of the blight of Leeches.

Calls to contain the aging Tengu’s rage were unheeded, and tensions with the Beast Court from the Kuei-Jin and other shen began to increase, as well as a division amongst the Tengu themselves. Those who sought to remain messengers and those who sought to take the Sun’s vengeance to the Kuei-jin. After the death of one of the young moderates at the hand of the Mokole brute, only the Sun’s Retribution flock remained, fighting on in desperation.

After almost seven years of continual battle and bloodshed, all that remains of the flock is what is left of Sun Wing, or Through the Shades of Memory as he is called now, and he has retired to the nest to build a new flock.

Description: Old, ugly, battle-scarred, and wiry to the point of emaciation, he is rarely seen in Homid form, instead preferring the form of his birth, a ratty, scarred raven with bal patches and two evil red eyes.

Roleplaying Notes: You have nothing left; not Glory, not your dignity, not even your legends. Deep down inside, you know it was your own stupidity and arrogance that got you into this mess. But unable to accept that, you instead blame Vampires, Chinese or western, it doesn’t matter.  In your eyes, they are all the same and you live for nothing more than to utterly destroy them. You will ally with anyone, sacrifice any ideal and risk everything to destroy these vermin. Act tough, because you are, you have survived the best the bloodsuckers have thrown at you. You are tougher than nails and meaner than a rattlesnake. There is nothing left for you except vengeance, and that hurts more than any battle wound.

Home: He calls no one place home, but can be found at the Nest of Life and Renewal on many occasions.

Secrets: He knows the young Zhong Lung was the one who wronged him and he awaits his day of vengeance, even if the little shit thinks they are friends now.

Influence: He is feared more than anything, but many younger Changers will obey him because of Rank alone. 

Breed: Corvid, Auspice: Fist (Warrior), Tribe: Tengu, Nature/Demeanor: Curmudgeon/Bravo

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 5, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 3, Appearance 1, Mental: Perception 5, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 3, Brawl 5, Dodge 5, Flight 5, Primal-Urge 3, Skills: Animal-Ken 3, Firearms 1, Leadership 1, Melee 2, Stealth 4, Survival 4, Knowledges: Enigmas 3, Investigation 4, Linguistics 2, Occult 3, Rituals 3

Backgrounds: Other Peoples Secrets 3, Umbral Maps 4, Contacts 4

Gifts: (1) Enemy Ways, Open Seal, Scent of the true Form, Truth of Gaia, (2) Carrions Call, Razor Feathers, Sky’s Beneficence, (3) Dead Talk, Eyes of the Eagle, Hummingbird Dart, Mynah’s Touch, (4) Bloody Feather Storm, Rites: Rite of the Suns Bright Ray

Rage 6, Gnosis 5, Willpower 7, Rank: 4

Fetish: Sliver of Helios (Pg 86 Corax)

Po Hung, Rending Talons of the Blazing Sun

Background: In the Beast Court, Zhong Lung are viewed as wise, powerful and intelligent leaders, creatures of deep spiritual understanding and grace. Growing up in this environment, many Zhong Lung develop complexes, striving to live up to the ideals they are constantly faced with. Most succeed. On occasion though, being constantly bombarded with tales of Zhong Lung greatness, being one of the most powerful of shen and having entire courts pay attention to your every word, well, it has its drawbacks. Hung is one of those rare Zhong Lung who has fallen prey to delusions of grandeur, he is neither intelligent, nor wise, but, born with an amazingly powerful spiritual essence, he has been groomed to be legend in his own right, and it has gone straight to his head.

During lessons he rarely paid attention. After all he was already a legend in his own time.  He derided those of lesser spiritual power, mocked with less physical power and believed himself to be more intelligent than those he came across.

Sadly, his large size and rich parents had helped create a self-obsessed juice monkey and the court’s pandering only strengthened his malignant narcissism. Hung is a bully, plain and simple. Convinced of his own strength and greatness, he pushes around those he deems not worthy of his respect and has even killed a gentle Tengu for deriding his ‘supposed superiority’, driving away what remained of the moderate Tengu faction.

There seems to be only four people he fears and respects, the aging Tengu, Black-Rain, the Nezumi war leader, and the Nezumi gangsta. At one point every one of these souls has taught the arrogant Zhong Lung a lesson. Deeming them ‘worthy’ of his respect, Rage goes out of his way to treat each of them with respect, listening closely to what they have to say, and he follows Memories Shade’s out on his hunting trips.

Description: A large, muscle bound, roughly attractive Chinese man, he has a large sparkling smile and long glistening black hair, his skin is free of blemishes and he keeps his body hairless. He walks with a swagger, talks with confidence and tends to unconsciously strike ‘impressive’ poses. He dresses in clothing that shows off his physique and enjoys admiring his own reflection.

Roleplaying Notes: There is nothing in the world greater than you, as one of the great Middle Dragons. You were born to greatness, with spirituality unlike any other. You have never lost a battle, merely…..strategically withdrawn. No one is better looking, smarter, stronger or deadlier than you. You have heard how great you are all your life and you have come to accept that fully and completely, to the point of malignant narcissism. You don’t think of yourself as a hateful or cruel person, but, sometimes you gotta break a few eggs…  When in the presence of someone who has proven their strength or prowess over you, be ingratiating, smile and hang on their every word, after all, if they are almost your equals, you can learn from them…even if only a little.

Rough around the edges and crude of humor, your world consists of you talking about yourself, flexing, and hitting things that irritate you. You rarely think your actions through in advance and the consequences of your temper tantrums are likely to catch up to you one day.

Home: The Nest of Life and Renewal, constantly watched by higher ups.

Secrets: none.

Influence: Only over those with less power than him, but he is little more than a bully.  He is not a leader.

Breed: Homid, Auspice: Fist (Warrior), Tribe: Zhong Lung, Nature/Demeanor: Bully/Bravo

Stats: Physical: Strength 5, Dexterity 2, Stamina 4, Social: Charisma 1, Manipulation 1, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 2, Wits 2

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 1, Athletics 4, Brawl 4, Dodge 3, Intimidation 4, Primal-Urge 1, Skills: Drive 2, Firearms 2, Melee 3, Survival 2 , Knowledges: Linguistics 1, Occult 1, Rituals 1

Backgrounds: Kinfolk 4, Mnesis 1

Gifts: (1) Razor Claws, Bellow, Falling Touch, (2) Silver Claws

Rage 4, Gnosis 7, Willpower 5, Rank: 2

Ming Yu'an, the Lady of Pestilential Memories, Knife in the Dark

Background: Ming Yu'an was a washerwoman's daughter, born into poverty in the early twenties, sharp witted and beautiful; she managed to pull her life out of the gutter. By seventeen she was working as a secretary in a local library and being courted by a handsome young soldier.

That’s when it all went wrong. A case of malaria drove her to the brink of death and the Birthing Plague took over, returning from the edge of death, Yu’an was horrified to discover her job lost, her fiancé married and her life in the gutter. It wasn't long before another Nezumi discovered her as she scrambled through the garbage heaps in search of food and shelter, and upon joining the Warren, she felt at home for the first time in a long time.

Her beauty and wit made her the ideal choice to act as a go-between from the Warren to the Beast Court, and her drive and loyalty only made that choice more obvious as the years passed by. In the late sixties, after almost thirty years of Tunnel Running and mediating for the Warren, Ming Yu'an, Knife in the Dark, stepped up and quickly took the reigns of power. For years, the Beast Court’s passive stance towards the human population boom had allowed Shanghai to grow in bounds and leaps, and despite the pleading of the Nezumi, the court refused to allow any action to be taken.

Realizing that by the time the lethargic court allowed the Nezumi to act it would be too late, Ming, now the Lady of Pestilential Memories, began to shape the Warren into an army of fanatical terrorists, ready to unleash hell upon her command. The plan began by increasing the Warren’s population, and then by training newly Changed Nezumi daily, using a select few as she had once been used. The Lady kept the Warren’s growing population a secret, rightly realizing the court would react negatively.

As the years passed, and Shanghai was torn up and rebuilt again and again, the Lady constantly pushed at the court to allow her to enact a Low War, and each time she came away bitterly convinced that she would have to act on her own.

Now as the final stages of her plan settle into place, the Lady still visits court and still pleads her case, as the answers stay the same, she plans for the inevitable, a coup.

Description: In her human form, the Lady is an iron haired old Chinese woman, and yet, through wrinkles, and the burden of years, one can see a hint of the beautiful young woman she once was. Her voice is sharp and she is used to being obeyed, proud and haughty. She speaks bluntly and caustically. In Rodens, she is a black rat with brown eyes and slowly graying fur.

Roleplaying Hints: You are tired and bitter. Humans run this world into the ground and the court do nothing but watch the Ages go by.  Every year you try and gain the court’s support for a Low War and every year you are turned away. Be forthright, nothing worth saying needs be hidden behind fruity words, and while you are blunt, you are not above subterfuge when necessary, a fact that is obvious to those whom you deem intelligent enough to play chess against (an addiction you picked up many years ago). 

Home: Once a Tunnel Runner, always a Tunnel Runner. The Lady stays in the Warren, but rarely if ever sleeps in the same location twice, and her possessions are scattered through a series of holes and crevices within the Warren.

Secrets: As Queen of a massive Warren of Nezumi, there is very little in Shanghai that goes down without the Lady learning of it. She knows of Black Rain Falls and Storm Rider’s collaboration in the human smuggling business, is aware of the Tremere interest in a certain slum and another certain suburb, and is one of two people who know the full impact of her plans.

Influence: She possesses no political influence in court or in human society, but is the end all, be all within the Shanghai Warren.

Breed: Homid, Auspice: Tunnel Runner, Tribe: Nezumi, Nature/Demeanor: Judge/ Curmudgeon

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 4, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 4, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 4, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Brawl 2, Dodge 4, Empathy 3, Expression 2, Intimidation 4, Primal-Urge 3, Streetwise 3, Subterfuge 4, Skills: Animal Ken 1, Etiquette 2, Firearms 1, Leadership 5, Melee 2, Performance 2, Stealth 4, Survival 4, Knowledges: Enigmas 3, Investigation 3, Linguistics 1, Medicine 1, Occult 3, Politics 2, Rituals 4

Backgrounds: Colony 5, Contacts 5, Fetish 4, Plague 3, Resources 2

Gifts: (1) Scent of the True Form, Dark Sight, Persuasion, Silent Running, Cloak of Shadows, (2) Crawling Chaos, Urban Camouflage, Mother's Truth, (3) Second Sight, Bolt!, (4) Mind of the Tunnels, (5) Riot, Rites: Rite of the Bolthole, Rite of the Birthing Plague, Rite of Artifice Dedication, Contract Rite, Rite of Crash Space, Rite of the Purified Body, Rite of Warding, Rite of Plague Genesis, all Punishment Rites up to Level 4.

Rage 4, Gnosis 6, Willpower 7, Rank: 5

Fetishes: Nezumi Kite

Tak Hung, Iron Fist, Keening Cry of Vengeance

Background: Tak Hung has lived a life of violence and excitement, from a numbers runner as a child, to a Nezumi Warrior fighting and killing in the name of the Beast Court. Both a gangster of renown as well as loyal servant of the court, this charming, suave and smooth Nezumi is well liked and respected by those who know him personally.

From the day of his thirteenth birthday when he came down with a flu that nearly killed him, until now Iron Fist has pushed himself to the limit in everything, constantly seeking to both better himself and the image of the Nezumi in the court’s eyes. A well-versed poet and scholar, as well as ruthless warrior and cunning strategist, he seeks excellence in every way.

What is not known to the court is that Tak is one of the Lady's closest confidants and most loyal servitors, and is one of three Nezumi who has an idea of the full impact her long ranging plans will have.

In court, he supports his Queen as he should, but projects a position of conservative preaching moderation. This image has allowed him access to meetings that otherwise would have been barred to another fanatical Nezumi, and through him, the Lady also hears these meetings.

While Tak serves both the court and the Lady, he still manages to also find time for his three favorite hobbies; diving, drinking and sex. When not on the job, he is either strapping on diving gear, hitting the clubs or taking another beautiful woman home for a night of ecstasy. Until recently, Tak was part-time guardian of the Kitsune pup 'Burnt Whiskers' and was often seen clubbing and partying with the curious youth, a partnership that started as a favor to the youth's Grandfather and turned into a genuine friendship.

Tak has begun a search for the missing Kitsune, and would reward handsomely anyone who could provide information to the youngster’s whereabouts, and should the boy be dead, the full anger of a raging Nezumi Warrior will fall upon the fool who took his life.

Description: Tak is a very good looking Chinese male, hair cut stylishly to his shoulders and dyed red at the bangs, liquid brown eyes and a dashing smile showing off pearly white teeth. Broad shouldered and extremely fit, he dresses to show off his body to the maximum and never fails to draw the eyes of many woman (and men) when he enters a room. His personal charm and grace draw people in and his flamboyant personality and confidence trap them there. In Rodens, he is a black and brown rat with black eyes.

Roleplaying Hints: Be charming, but not obnoxious. You generally enjoy your life and look forward to every new challenge, when you hear of a new thrill you haven't yet tried, try it. You play the role of moderate in court and ruthless gangster on the streets, both of these are you, and both of these serve the Lady always. Your one true passion is diving. In the deep waters the calm and silence give you a peace not usually achievable by the Rage pumping through your veins. It is this passion that has made you a friend of both Storm Rider and Black Rain Falls, a fact that astonishes many members of court.

Home: Tak has a series of living spaces, both for his human persona, his court persona and his Nezumi life. The most commonly used, though, is a shack located along the coastline a half hour south of the city.

Secrets: Although not nearly as knowledgeable as the Lady, Tak is very well informed in the city's goings-ons, including the Suijen deal with Storm Rider to sink certain ships as well as Storm Rider and Black Rain Falls’ hand in the smuggling.

Influence: Well known, well liked, but has no real influence among the hengeyokai.

Breed: Homid, Aspect/Auspice: Warrior/Fist, Tribe: Nezumi, Nature/Demeanor: Architect/Bravo

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 2, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 3, Brawl 3, Dodge 3, Empathy 3, Expression 1, Intimidation 3, Primal-Urge 1, Streetwise 3, Subterfuge 1 , Skills: Drive 2, Etiquette 1, Firearms 2, Melee 3, Stealth 3, Survival 1 , Knowledges: Computer 1, Linguistics 3, Medicine 1, Politics 2, Rituals 2

Backgrounds: Contacts 3, Colony 5, Fetish 4

Gifts: (1) Cloak of Shadows, Persuasion, Resist pain, (2) Crawling Chaos, Spirit of the Fray, (3) Back Bite, Paralyzing Stare, Rites: Rite of the Pain Dagger, Rite of the Purified Body

Rage 4, Gnosis 3, Willpower 6, Rank: 3

Fetishes: Pain Dagger, Five Winds Fan (North Bound)

Nevermind, the New Plague

Background: The life of Shanghai’s most infamous Plague Lord began in the sewers. He is just one Metis among many, but as he aged, his proclivities and tendencies began to take shape, and by puberty it was obvious which path his life would be headed down. Over the years, he has murdered many animals, always enjoying the thrill of the kill. To the Warren though, he explained that each kill would be used to incubate his experiments, and so his tendencies were over-looked.

For the past seven years, Nevermind (so named because of his tendency to give up trying to explain what he is doing and just saying ‘never mind’) has been working on and off on a series of plague-bombs for the Lady, to be unleashed at strategic locations at the right time. Although still curious about everything around him, Nevermind is given to just watching in a quiet way, his glasses perched precariously on his nose.

Among the Nezumi, Nevermind is given a wider berth than the average Plague Lord, due to his tendency to try and demonstrate his latest creations. Of late, unbeknownst to the Warren, Nevermind's hunting trips have begun to focus on humans; at first, merely the homeless and unwanted.  These he ate to hide the evidence, but in the past year he has begun to add a new class of victim: children, preferably from middle to upper class homes. These he doesn't eat, he boils the flesh away, shines the skulls and sleeps with them. To say the least, Nevermind’s new hobby could become a problem if unchecked.

Description: When Nevermind takes human form he most resembles a Eurasian male of indeterminate age, with an oversized nose, beady little eyes, a receding hairline and teeth that would scare a Brit. His skin is pockmarked and disgusting, oozing and greasy, and he has a nervous twitch.  He speaks in short, fast bursts and tends to slur his words, giving most people the impression he is a crack-head or speed junkie. The truth is though, that when in the presence of just Nezumi, Nevermind is erudite, smooth spoken and sly.

Roleplaying Hints: When in the presence of strangers to the Warrens play up the hyperactive nut-job, constantly make references to diseases and rub your hands together when speaking. But when around other Nezumi from the Warren, relax, observe, and when you speak, pepper your speech with pop-culture references, and smile…always smile.

Home: Nevermind dwells in a cavern located on the outer edges of the Warren, it is here, in isolated safety, that he plays with new diseases and hosts visiting Plague Lords. Conveniently close to a sewage run-off and series of power-chords, his cave is riddled with corpses and filth, as well as radios, TVs, and magazines.

Secrets: Nevermind is the genius behind the recent upswing in virulent colds and flu, and has a collection of animal corpses incubating new and disgusting diseases to be unleashed on the Lady's command. He is also at the moment, the only person aware that he is the 'Home Snatcher' kidnapper, and he would like to keep it this way.  Nevermind also has a single secret contact in the Kuei-jin’s Hidden Economy. Yet another source of test subjects.

Influence: none

Breed: Metis, Auspice: Plague Lord, Tribe: Nezumi, Nature/Demeanor: Conniver/Deviant

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 1, Manipulation 4, Appearance 1, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 2, Intimidation 2, Primal-Urge 2, Subterfuge 3 , Skills: Animal Ken 1, Melee 2, Stealth 1, Survival 1 , Knowledges: Enigmas 3, Investigation 2, Medicine 4, Occult 3, Rituals 1, Science 1

Backgrounds: Colony 5, Freak Factor 4

Gifts: (1) Poison Food, Cloak of Shadows, Sense Wyrm, Rat Mother’s Touch, (2) Dredge the spirit worlds, Blur of the Weeping Eyes, (3) Lesions, Rites: Rite of the Birthing Plague

Rage 3, Gnosis 4, Willpower 6, Rank: 3

Nintiki, the Perfect One, Chittering Terror

Background: In the Warren, when a situation gets out of hand between youngsters with hot tempers, Nintiki quells the situation. This he does merely by arriving and making himself noticed. He is neither an Elder of the Warren, nor a particularly large and threatening brute, he is simply Nintiki.  Inside the Warren, Nintiki's name is spoken with respect and awe, and is synonymous with perfection of violence and channeling of Rage.

Since his Birthing Plague, Nintiki has dedicated himself to the study of violence in all its forms, from firearms to Monkey kung fu, strategy to brutality. Nothing related to the act of War escapes his attention, and, in only six years, he has achieved results far beyond many older Warriors, though at the expense of any real social skills or political abilities. Like his esteemed friend Tak, Nintiki seeks perfection, but where Tak seeks perfection for perfections sake, Nintiki seeks perfection for the night the Warren is unleashed on Shanghai in a flood of violence and blood. It is his intention to be a General in the Lady's war, and everything he does is pointed towards that goal. Not a day goes by that he is not seen training diligently in his caverns, with sword, knife, staff, fist, foot, gun or book.

Description: In Homid, Nintiki’s image is a touch deceptive, especially for a rodent born. His handsome Asian blended face sits upon broad shoulders and a muscular frame. His hair is long and shaggy, and a scraggly beard clings to his features pitifully, but his eyes are sharp and observant, and his smile is quick and ready. Nintiki has amazingly long and slender fingers and dancers’ legs, the few human females who have seen him often find him unusually attractive, especially considering his rather dashing smile. His rat form is a rather wiry black rat with red eyes.

Roleplaying Hints: You don't speak much, mostly because you know you have a tendency to say the wrong thing and offend people, instead you merely nod or grunt to respond. Even the Queen gets only short and tense answers from you, as the fear of shaming yourself in front of her lies in the back of your mind at all times. When training, you like to listen to Classical European Composers, usually Holst or Greig. In an effort to appear as wise, like the image you put forth, pepper your speech with quotes from Machiavelli, Sun-Tzu and other famous strategists.

Home: Nintiki sleeps in his training room, in Rat form. A large cavern with a bunch of faux weapons and training gear scattered throughout.

Secrets: Practically none, he rarely ventures outside of the Warren except when accompanying another Nezumi as back up.

Influence: none.  Nintiki will never get the status he seeks, due to his total social ineptitude.  He’ll continue to fight, but his aspirations border on delusional.

Breed: Rodens, Aspect/Auspice: Warrior/Pillar, Tribe: Nezumi, Nature/Demeanor: Fanatic/Fanatic

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 5, Social: Charisma 1, Manipulation 1, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 3, Brawl 4, Dodge 4, Empathy 2, Intimidation 2, Primal-Urge 3, Skills: Animal Ken 2, Firearms 2, Martial Arts 2 (Soft), Melee 3, Stealth 5, Survival 3, Knowledges: Investigation 1, Occult 1, Rituals 3

Backgrounds: Colony 5

Gifts: (1) Dark Sight, Absolute Balance, Slicing Teeth, Leap of the Kangaroo Rat, (2) Spirit of the Fray, Crawling Chaos, Rites: Rite of the Pain Dagger

Rage 5, Gnosis 5, Willpower 5, Rank: 2

Whisper of Retribution, Silent Screams

Background: Whisper is an old rat who has served the Warren though seven decades of strife and war.  He was among the first to back the Lady and fully supports her ultimate goals. At seventy-nine years of age he has seen almost everything the Middle Kingdom has to offer, from fighting Kumo in the streets of Hong Kong to tracking Wan Kuei all the way to Korea.  He has argued with Zhong Lung, debated with hsien, traveled the Yin and Yang realms extensively and even, on one occasion, sat vigil over a Nagah birthing nest.

As it stands now, Whisper is a veritable legend among Knife Skulkers. He stands as a tribute to the pride of Metis throughout the courts and will be mourned for generations after he passes away. Today, stories are often told of his legendary battles, from the tale of how he slew the blasphemous well poisoning Kumo, Blood in the Night, to how he defended a Nagah birthing nest from the assault of four snake-like Kin-jin. It was in this legendary battle he earned the huge scar on his hip, which he still declares is his best.

His motherland sprawls with the human disease, a disease that destroys the earth's very flesh, and he cries as the beauty he remembers converts to concrete. As old and tired as he is, Whisper will be at the forefront of the battle for Shanghai, ready to strike down the disease that has destroyed his beautiful home. Until that night, he rests quietly on the Lady's council, offering his advice and suggestions on any issue that is brought up

Of late, he has taken to telling stories to the youngsters of the Warren, and can often be found surrounded by a large group of young Nezumi enraptured as he spins a tale of glory and battle.

Description: Whisper is an old man. His Han features are wrinkled and weather-worn, his hair is white and wispy, but his eyes still burn with the passion of the Wyld. Even at seventy-nine his figure has a chorded strength to it that refuses to fade.  He also has a spring in his step, not slowing down all that much (as many a cocky youngster has discovered). From head to toe, Whisper is decorated with battle scars, including the one he is most proud of, a horrendous mass of scar tissue along his left hip. In Rodens, he is a gray furred rat, resembling more a mass of chorded scar tissue with randomly placed patches of grey fur and brown-yellow eyes. 

Roleplaying Hints: To be honest, you are tired. A lifetime of conflict and servitude to Mother Rat has left you worn out and bitter.  It seems nothing you have done has truly helped, as the condition of Shanghai declines daily. You are a proponent of anything that will help wipe the human population off of Shanghai’s soil, this is not to say you hate all humans, you just feel the need to reduce the population to the point where the Nezumi can again regain their original roles.

When around youngsters, you are genial and friendly, regaling them with legends of the Nezumi, and occasionally, stories of your own exploits.  It pleases you to see the size of the Warren and you are happy in its service.

Home: Whisper lives in the Warren, usually sleeping in the same room as the young.

Secrets: Much of what Whisper has learned in his travels would be valuable to many, but little affect what goes on in Shanghai itself. Other than being one of two people to know the full extent of the Lady's plans, Whisper knows little of value concerning Shanghai.

Influence: An object of admiration and respect, but has no direct control over the goings on in the Warren.

Breed: Metis, Auspice:  Knife Skulker, Tribe: Nezumi, Nature/Demeanor: Builder/Caregiver

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 4, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 3, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 3, Wits 5

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 3, Brawl 4, Dodge 5, Empathy 3, Expression 1, Intimidation 3, Prima-Urge 4, Streetwise 2, Subterfuge 2, Skills: Animal Ken 3, Drive 1, Etiquette 2, Firearms 1, Melee 5, Leadership 1, Performance 1, Stealth 5, Survival 4, Knowledges: Enigmas 3, Investigation 4, Law 1, Linguistics 2, Medicine 2, Occult 3, Politics 2, Rituals 4

Backgrounds: Colony 5, Fetish 5, Resources 2

Gifts: (1) Cloak of Shadows, Dark Sight, Resist Toxin, Smell Poison, Cooking, Sense Wyrm, Rat Mother’s Touch, Sticky Paws, Truth of Gaia, Absolute Balance, (2) Crawling Chaos, Spirit of the Spiny Rat, Chitter, Stalk, Spirit of the Fray, (3) Back Bite, Squeeze, Silver Tooth, Paralyzing Stare, (4) Gnaw, Whelp Body, Open Wounds, (5) War of Vengeance, Rites: If it's level four or under, he has it.

Rage 4, Gnosis 6, Willpower 8, Rank: 5

Fetishes: Bindhi of Surya (P. 102 Nagah) this was given to him by Nartikaya whom he protected while she gave birth. Sands of Sleep (P. 125 Players Guide 2nd Ed), Bells of Rain (P. 124 Players Guide 2nd Ed)

The Sunset People

Pietro Antolini, Glass Walker Businessman

Background: Pietro is not what he thinks he is. He believes himself to be an average man, who went to university and was better than others in economics. One that has used a mix of his ingenuity and his spirit contacts to be a successful businessman, an honest man, and a defender of Gaia, or the Emerald Mother, as he now calls her. He thinks he was always fascinated by Chinese culture, and that he is a good friend of his hengeyokai buddies. This is all false.

Pietro Antolini was born in a special Kinfolk family of Glass Walkers, belonging to a group of Glass Walkers elders concerned with various important missions needed to be undertaken for the good of Gaia. These missions include the infiltration of Kinfolk and Garou agents, unbeknownst even to themselves, into locations of particular interest. Pietro is one of those agents. In fact, much of his life actually followed the script until the first Change. Soon after, he was secretly taken and heavily trained (brainwashed, to be exact) to be a perfect cover agent. Pietro’s mind in constantly manipulated, through strange rites, to the elders’ whims.

The Glass Walkers desperately seek to learn a lot more about their eastern counterparts. What are the court’s numbers? How united are they really, how are the Stargazers involved, and how strong is the Wyrm in the Middle Kingdom? Pietro was sent to find these elusive answers.  He made forays into several Chinese cities over the years, hoping to establish a contact into the Beast Court. He achieved success in Shanghai with the Nest of Life and Renewal.

Hengeyokai were terribly suspicious, so Pietro’s mind was programmed to awaken only after several years inside the alien courts.  Two weeks ago, Pietro true self resurfaced for the first time. Now, every Saturday, exactly at 12:37, Pietro is free from his “disguise” for an hour and twenty six minutes exactly. He is totally aware of his true mission at this time, and also of all the things that his false self has done. He uses that time to send the info he has obtained to his elders.

Description: Pietro is the successful Italian businessman: attractive, rich, and well dressed by the most important designers in the world. He has brown hair, and blue eyes, and is everyone’s friend.  Suspicious Kin-jin might figure him to be a Giovanni.

Roleplaying Hints: You love your new live in the Middle Kingdom, and would do anything to defend it. Even if you have to call Gaia the Emerald Mother. You love the unity of the Beast Court, and the sense of working with others for the greater good.

In your true personality, you see the courts as having the worse things of the Garou nation and all the Changers. The Ratkin are ready to kill the Rokea, the Same-Bito are ready to kill all opposition, and they simply hide under a beautiful mask. The sooner you finish this and them, the better.

Secrets: No one knows his great secret; most of the time, he doesn’t know himself. Pietro also knows a lot about the financial interests of most of the Homid hengeyokai in the island. He has enough information to bankrupt most of them, if needed. He also has detected several investors who seem to work for the Kuei-jin.

Home: Pietro lives in the upper part of the town, where he owns a rather large house.

Influence:  none.

Breed: Homid, Auspice: Mirror, Tribe: Glass Walkers, Nature/Demeanor: Caregiver/Architect (truly Conniver/Architect)

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 4 Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 1, Brawl 1, Dodge 2, Empathy 4, Expression 3, Intimidation 1, Primal-Urge 1, Streetwise 1, Subterfuge 2, Skills: Drive 3, Etiquette 3, Firearms 2, Melee 1, Stealth 1, Knowledges: Academics 4, Computer 3, Enigmas 2, Investigation 3, Law 3, Linguistics 3, Medicine 1, Occult 3, Politics 1, Rituals 4, Science 2, Finances 3

Backgrounds: Contacts 5, Mentor 4, Resources 4, Allies 2.

Gifts: (1) Persuasion, Control Simple Machine, Trick Shot, Mother’s Touch, Spirit Speech, (2) Cyber Senses, Power Surge, Courtly Speech, Command Spirit, Rites: Talisman Dedication, Summon Spirit, Rite of Cleansing, Rite of Contrition, Rite of Binding, Rite of Spirit Awakening.

Rage 3, Gnosis 4, Willpower 7, Rank: 2

Fetishes: Gnosis bag.

Silvia Long, Bone Gnawer Ahroun

Background: Daughter of a Chinese immigrant and an Italian rail-worker, Silvia was born in Rome where she lived a rather normal life until her first change. Her parents struggled to make ends meet, so it was no surprise that the Tribe of the Bone Gnawers sought her out.

As a Ratfink, she was more active in her first years than most Bone Gnawers, fighting the Wyrm in subtle ways in her city. It was on one of these missions that she met Pietro. The young, idealistic man impressed Silvia, at least enough for her to meet again with him when he requested her help. Silvia has always been interested in investigating her family tree, as all indications point to her Garou blood coming from her mother, and so accepted the offer of Pietro of a rather long mission in China. After helping Pietro contact the Beast Court of Shanghai, she melded again with the poor, as she was not interested in being part of the Emerald Courts.

Description: Silvia is one of the many poverty-stricken people dressed in rags that are all around Shanghai, completely undetectable among others. She has dirty dark hair and never crosses eyes with others.

Roleplaying Hints: You are a damn good fighter and believe Pietro to be a good man.  You will fight for his life and your own at a heart beat. You also really care about the homeless and the dispossessed, and anyone who damages them is going to suffer... greatly.

Secrets: She knows minute things about several of the Changers in Shanghai, and the haven of one or two young Kuei-jin, but knows nothing about Pietro’s true identity. If she ever knows how she has been used, she would be upset enough to make Pietro “dissapear”.

Home: Anywhere among the dispossessed.

Influence: none.

Breed: Homid, Auspice: Ahroun, Tribe: Bone Gnawers, Nature/Demeanor: Caregiver/Survivor

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 5, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 2, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 2, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 3, Brawl 3, Dodge 4, Empathy 2, Intimidation 2, Primal-Urge 2, Streetwise 4, Subterfuge 1, Skills: Crafts 1, Melee 2, Stealth 3, Survival 2, Knowledges: Enigmas 1, Investigation 2, Linguistics 2, Rites 1

Backgrounds: Contacts 4, Allies 3, Ancestors 2

Gifts: (1) Smell of Success, Smell of Man, Falling Touch, Resist Toxin, (2) Spirit of the Fray, Odious Aroma, Stone-Throwing Devil, I Got a Rock, Rites: Talisman Dedication

Rage 5, Gnosis 5, Willpower 5, Rank: 2

Shanghai - Chapter Five: Within and Without

A look into the eternal struggle of the Kindred in Shanghai.
Additional Material: Santiago (Tepet Augustus) Garcia Belmar, Juhl Heine (Hunt79) Jensen, Daniel (Kallak) Guilkey and Patrick (Patkin) Flannery.

by Eloy Lasanta and Chris "WiGGy" Brown (World of Darkness | World of Darkness: Shanghai | Resources)

Phillip Transen put his cigarette out in the finely crafted ashtray before sitting down to the left of his 'employer', the esteemed Dorben Colbles. Colbles sat at the head of the table, and watched silently as Phillip settled in the chair and maneuvered it forward a few inches. In his mind's eye, Phillip imagined Dorben commenting about how silly the notion of his smoking really was. After all, he'd been dead – or more correctly undead - for better than twenty years now. "Surely, such old habits should have followed their master to the grave by now" Cobles said offhandedly.

”But they did,” his mind replied. “They just followed me back out again.”  Phillip nearly chuckled out loud. He envisioned his cigarettes clawing their way out of the ground and snaking up his skin and into his mouth. Looking back to Colbles, Phillip cleared his throat. He hoped that the action - another old habit – would clear his mind as well. He knew that Dorben would have bigger things to occupy his thoughts than his underling's waste of time, money and cigarettes. He always did.

"Our line's position in Shanghai has not improved." Dorben said. Years ago, such an opening would have surprised Phillip. However, after many meetings with Dorben he knew full well that Mr. Colbles was not one for pleasantries. "My contacts tell me that the Warlocks still hold sway."

"Shanghai...?" Phillip said, puzzled. He knew that Dorben had been investing increasing amounts of time and money on the city, but none of the business side ever came through him. He oversaw the books and accounting. The remainder of Dorben's Shanghai affairs went through Eduard. "I don't understand."

"Eduard is gone." Dorben said plainly. "...and you are taking over my affairs in there."

"I don't get it. What do you mean, gone? Gone where?"

"Gone," Dorben said with a shaking of his head. "Where and how are not important. What is important is that you are going to take his place. My Shanghai affairs shall be yours now."

Phillip sat silently for a moment. If Eduard was 'gone' and his work being reassigned, that meant he was destroyed. Just as Rand had been before him. If two of Dorben's men had been sent to Final Death over his affairs there, that meant something serious must be going on. Something that could make himself number three.

"Why this face?" Dorben stood suddenly, his arms gesturing towards Phillip. "You are moving up in the world, gaining more responsibilities, more prestige. Whenever I am asked about my foreign affairs, I can say that Phillip Transen has them well in order...and you shall."

Phillip admitted inwardly that such did sound nice. To have someone like Dorben Colbles spreading your name around wasn't a bad thing at all. If this Shanghai thing worked out, he could return and begin his own operations. Start making his own way instead of making Dorben's. Still, a job with two predecessors turned to ash...that was something to make you think twice.

"Very well" Phillip said, standing. "I'll do it. I'll take Eduard's place; manage your Shanghai affairs."

"Excellent!" Dorben moved forward and put an arm about Phillip's shoulders. "I knew I could count on you Phillip. Come; let me explain to you exactly what it is I'm doing in Shanghai. What you will be doing." He started walking and Phillip matched his steps.

"The Ventrue have always directed the Camarilla." Dorben continued. "We led them through the dark ages. Through the stabilization of Europe, we led them through the founding of the colonies and the formation of this America. Now, recent times show, that they are getting involved with Asia. Only we can lead them."

Phillip furrowed his brow momentarily. "What are you getting at?"

Dorben stopped up short and released the smaller man. He moved to stand face to face with Phillip and put an arm on each of his shoulders. "Regal has soiled our name in Shanghai. And you must undo the damage he has done. These Warlocks, these... Usurpers cannot be allowed to encroach upon the territory rightfully ours. You must rebuild our preeminence in Shanghai, and put low the eastern Kindred at the same time."

"...and the Tre…  er, Warlocks?"

"Don't let them stand in your way."

***

The Camarilla in Shanghai

Asia is generally not a healthy place for careless Kindred. Dangers, of which the Get of Caine generally know little or nothing about, await both day and night, be it the mysterious vampire-hunters living in the East, or the strange native Bloodline, the Cathay.  Regardless of the unknown dangers, some Kindred make their haven in Shanghai.  Most of these risk takers hail from Clan Tremere, not surprising.

Recent nights have seen Cathayan and Western Kindred affairs intermingle, mainly due to the Quincunx’s influential Two-Fang Serpent Plan. This increased contact is proof that the adage “the world is growing smaller” also applies to the inhabitants of the night.

Several recent events have urged especially the Tremere to take an interest in China. First, a cell of Cathayans made a deadly sortie on the Vienna Chantry. It has always been the Tremere way to learn and adapt, and while this recent attack was fought off with relative ease, the Tremere decided to approach this and their usual manner – to seek out the knowledge needed to stave off coming attacks. Secondly there is the loss of the Hong Kong Chantry and the supposed Final Death of Oliver Thrace in 1999.

Thus unable to turn to what had been their largest holding in Asia, the Tremere started making plans for retaking the Hong Kong Chantry, as it was still judged to be the most suitable location. The Tremere were not the only ones to involve themselves with the Cathayan problem. In these few years the Inner Circle managed to learn more about the Cathayans than it had in decades before. 

January 2000’s annual Inner Circle Teleconference saw fierce debate over the Cathayan problem. While the New Promise Mandarinate held center stage, the Tremere plan was also briefly discussed, although whether it was a Tremere or a member of another Clan that brought the topic up is unknown. In any case, the plans for retaking the Hong Kong Chantry were shelved, and new plans were made, involving another Chinese city also greatly influenced by the western world. Rumors about cooperation between Tremere and Nosferatu have surfaced since, and they begin to sound true if one takes the time to look at the Cainite presence in Shanghai.

Once the decision to establish a Tremere presence in Shanghai had been reached, the search for a person suitable to lead this began. The person had to be both capable, able to adapt to the foreign setting of the Middle Kingdom, and ultimately expendable. The Tremere leaders selected Heike Vranitzky. Vranitzky enjoyed notoriety for having trouble adhering to the strict Clan hierarchy. It was thought that this independent streak might serve him well, more or less isolated as he would be in Shanghai, and at the same time it was thought that sending him to Shanghai would limit the amount of trouble that he could make. The word exile was not even mentioned in a whisper.

Heike readily accepted. Heike’s disgust for Oliver Thrace guaranteed that the new blood would not lie complacent.  Spite for his rival would provide all the motivation necessary to create a permanent Tremere outpost in China.  Although individual Kindred may have made the city their home before, the city would firmly rest in the grasp of the Tremere and the Camarilla.

The Tremere

With Heike went others of his Clan, most notably among them his own grandchilder Lothario. Numerous Nosferatu also underwent the journey to the city called the “Whore of China”. One thing that these two clans share is their thirst for knowledge, though how they would use that knowledge normally differs greatly.

Many newcomers, who know of the Tremere presence in the city, expected the warlocks to set up their Chantry in one of the old European manors surrounding Shanghai.  The case is quite the opposite. As traces of the mortal outdoorsman that Heike was still remain today, he was inspired by a very effective defensive technique, used by so many animals – camouflage.

Thus true to the old adage about hiding in plain sight, Heike sent Lothario to Shanghai, ahead of the rest of the Tremere, to set up a Chantry in one of the many newly built glass and steel skyscrapers that dominate the skyline of this particular Chinese city.  Drawing upon the knowledge gained from the Cathayan attack upon the Vienna Chantry, he and his underlings erected defenses, both mundane and magical, to ward off the strange capabilities of the eastern vampires. The latter type of defenses was made as subtle as possible, so as to hopefully avoid drawing Cathayan attention.

Not long after Lothario sent the message concerning the completion of his appointed task, Heike and the remaining Tremere set foot in Shanghai, eager to learn the secrets held by the enigmatic Cathay. When one considers the background of the Tremere, as mortal magi, it seems only natural that they looked first to the mortal populace, for clues to the nature of Cathayan magic.

Since arriving the Warlocks have made some progress, although the Cathayan themselves still remain for the most part a mystery. In the course of this work, Heike’s charges have divided into two camps. The conservative camp advocates a calm, careful, and most importantly of all, patient approach. As Heike and Lothario both belong to this camp, it is by far the more influential of the two. However, at least one of the Tremere in Shanghai, the fiery Fukayna, does not have the same patience as the conservative, and at least one other openly agrees with her views.

The Tremere have been especially successful in one area – the art of Feng Shui. There is much more to this than “Do it yourself – Feng Shui” books and new age mysticism. In particular in the Middle Kingdom such things hold power – and the Tremere have a long history of discovering such power and adding it to their own.  

Much to the conservative faction’s chagrin, a large part of the progress made is owed to Fukayna’s work. Her success is the main reason that Heike has not interfered with her work to a greater degree than is the case. Her lack of respect for her betters, however, has not earned her or those following her exampled any further respite from Heike and his second in command.  

Feng Shui in the Chantry

The Tremere Chantry is fortified with the latest in Feng Shui arrangements.  Because of the Chantry’s location, inside a large Skyscraper, the Wall in the area is relatively high under normal circumstances.  However, with the help of Feng Shui, the Tremere have been able to lower the Wall when needed, allowing for easier spells and rituals to be cast.  So, while the security of the skyscraper is a good thing to the Tremere and their plans of hiding, the sheer location alone marks for harder work to keep things going.  With the good comes the bad.

The Nosferatu

The Nosferatu are the second largest group of Kindred in Shanghai. Those rare few privy to understanding the strange Cathayan Disciplines speculate that the gaze of some of these strange beings may pierce the cover provided by the Obfuscate Discipline.  But the Sewer Rats survive and prosper.

The most important reason for the great number of Nosferatu is simply … fear. Clan Nosferatu are the prime intelligence gatherers for both Sabbat and Camarilla, and what tidbits they have collected in the last years point towards one thing – Gehenna is drawing closer and Nictuku activity is rumored to be increasing. That should be enough to horrify most Nosferatu. It’s certainly the main reason for the Nosferatu known as Ser Piero. Bringing with him a little under a half dozen followers, he has chosen to settle in a viper’s nest, believing it to be the safest place in the coming nights. For perhaps the enigmatic Cathay will be able to see through the Nictuku’s mastery of Obfuscate? That is a feat that no known Nosferatu is capable of.

If one looks at the history of Clan Nosferatu and Shanghai of today, it might become obvious why the Nosferatu directed the Tremere’s attention towards this particular Asian city. Throughout history, Nosferatu have been attracted to cities in a state of development. When changing the upper part of a city, the nether parts must be changed as well. By whispering in the right ears, Nosferatu have in many cases been able to direct sewers and pipes as they wish. When considering the clan’s great natural strength as well, a picture of subterranean vampires capable of adding their own considerable skills in construction to this.

Adding this historical fact concerning Clan Nosferatu with the fact that Shanghai is the city in the world undergoing the greatest development at the moment – in fact a fifth of all major construction cranes are to be found within the boundaries of this city - the puzzles starts to fall into place.

Asia may belong to the Cathayan, but at least one part of the Chinese underground is being challenged by one of the greatest dangers lurking in the night – a group of Cainites frightened for their life.

To the outside, the Nosferatu’s attitude towards the Kindred of the East is very simple – avoid them at all cost. The stories and rumors of successful contacts between Cainites and Cathayans are rare indeed and very far between. Ser Piero’s band has been instructed to use outmost caution when forced aboveground, for reasons such as feeding. Under no circumstance is one to lead the Cathay back to Nosferatu lairs or meeting places. This is looked on with the gravest of concern and punished harshly – already one Nosferatu has met Final Death at Ser Piero’s hands. 

Things are not only what they appear, however. While Ser Piero might seem to have unconditional control over the Nosferatu of Shanghai, things are somewhat different in reality. Someone is tugging on Ser Piero’s strings much to his chagrin, and that someone is none other than his own misbegotten childe, Ferret.

Ferret’s intentions couldn’t be more different than his Sire’s. He has been dealing with the Eastern Kindred for years – the same Kuei-jin who kill the other Kindred nightly.  He has intimate relations with some inside the Quincunx, most recently in the Hidden Economy, and has sealed a certain protection from the Hungry Dead as a result.  The Nossies may tread the sewers without repercussion, as well as feed from the Cathayans’ livestock, in return for their silence.  This silence, however, will last only as long as it suits Ferret as he plans to launch an offensive against Shanghai’s Kuei-jin – the very Cathayans which Ser Piero counted on to at least warn against the Nictuku - as soon as the Tremere finish their experiments with Asian magics.  The exact plans on the attack are kept a secret for the moment, but do involve a huge break in the Masquerade, which is sure to anger many of the more conservative Kindred in the city. 

The Ventrue

The Blue Blood population in Shanghai has dwindled within the last few years, due to one Kindred.  In 1973 a Seattle Ventrue, Bryan Regal was the Camarilla’s first agent attempting to establish a front in Shanghai.  He served as Prince to the eight or nine Kindred in the city and, year after year, the Kindred population began to increase, eventually into the thirties by the year 2000.  But the more Kindred that were created, the more the suspicion of the local Kuei-jin was aroused.

Regal lacked dignitas and grew arrogant, wishing to bring more of the Camarilla (specifically the Ventrue) into Shanghai, but his requests were denied each time.  Regal became impatient and called for the mass Embrace to fill his ranks, even though he knew this to be subject to a Blood Hunt.  The night of December 12th, 2000 marked Shanghai’s Ivory Tower stealing a page from the Sabbat’s playbook.  The Inner Circle would not stand for that.

Every childe created on that cursed night was disposed of and every Kindred under Regal’s command met Final Death.  Regal himself was held for treason and destroyed in a slow, torturous way that might even get a Tzimisce’s heart stirring again.  To dissuade inquiries from outsiders, the justicars announced that the Sabbat perpetrated the mass Embrace.   This halted the fears of Camarilla neonates and others not privy to the secrets of the Inner Circle, but from this moment on, it was determined that the Ventrue were not fit to lead the institution of the Kindred in Shanghai.  This is when the new plans of the Tremere began to take form.

However, the Blue Bloods have not been ousted entirely.  Regal’s old mansion has been taken by a handful of Ventrue and made into their official headquarters.  The Ventrue do not rule the night in Shanghai, but then again neither do the Tremere.  They will sit and watch and help out other Western factions, by looking after the financial aspects of this war, but lack the will to do little else.  They will rule when the Tremere have done their job, just like they always have.

Toreador, Brujah, Malkavians and the Thin-Blooded

The remaining clans of the Camarilla have little representation in Shanghai, but are represented by a few noteworthy Kindred. 

The Toreador, seen as the advisors and companions to the Ventrue, have sent only two Kindred into the city.  They are to find cultural centers, museums and other beautiful things to share with their Clan.  They stand back when ever there are confrontations between the Camarilla and the Flesh Court, wanting instead to simply explore Shanghai and experience it to the fullest.

Brujah don’t make it far in the Middle Kingdom as a general rule.  The majority of the clan’s tendency to frenzy at a moment’s notice brings Final Death upon most of them from either the shen or the local Shih fairly quickly.  However, one Elder Brujah has survived in Shanghai since 1850.  This vampire works behind the scenes and remain nameless from the Kindred.  He or she is accepted by the local shen and shuns the Camarilla and their edicts.  Most problems that the Camarilla runs into are blamed on these invisible autarkies in order to save face about their decisions.

The Malkavians are seldom populous in the Middle Kingdom, either.  If they can be identified by Clan, they are quickly destroyed by the Kuei-jin because of their Dementation mastery.  They stay hidden away from everyone’s sight because of this.

The Thin-Blooded have begun turning up all over Asia in the past decade, but even more so in Shanghai.  It has become some sort of strange meeting place for those of 14th and 15th Generation and there are rumors that they are in league with the Kuei-jin’s spawn, the dhampyr.  If the same opportunity of status, like that of San Francisco, was ever introduced to the Thin-Blooded in Shanghai, the Camarilla would have a real problem on their hands.

The French Concession

When speaking of the Kindred in Shanghai, the conversation always turns to French Town.  Due to this sector being home to 60% of all the vice (including brothels, opium dens and gang headquarters) in the city, certain areas have been deemed neutral quarters.  The Kindred use this neighborhood as a basis for their arrival in Shanghai, since even they are protected by the neutrality of the French Connection, much to the dismay of the Kuei-jin.  Because most vice in Shanghai is owned and operated by the Wan Kuei, it is most important that the area not be tainted by combat within its respectable borders.  The Kin-jin are targets when not in French Town and they know it.  So, as manipulative creatures, they use the local politics to their advantage.

Blood Alley, the largest red-light district in Shanghai, houses many of these areas of armistice.  It is the central location when trying to buy or sell information of any kind and is the primary dwelling of many of the city’s Kindred.  The dealings have not gone unnoticed, however, as the antagonistic Running Monkeys urge the courts to rule out the cease-fire.  The Silent Mandarins have heard these protests, but have yet to respond.

Nightingales’ Perch, a bar and nightclub that dates to the turn of the 20th century, stands as the central location for interplay for the Camarilla.  Anyone may enter, but few do when they uncover the Kindred presence there.  The single owner and operator of the business, who is simply called Pearl, has run the Perch for the last 50 years, yet she has the appearance of a young Asian woman around the age of 20.  She has also been a tremendous assistance to the Camarilla, helping to plot many of their exploits.  The type of shen blood she possesses and why she would help the gweilo are both under suspicion at all times, but her aid is too great to nonchalantly pass aside. 

The Inner Circle

The Inner Circle has not forgotten East Asia and has their representative, Thomas Wyncham, constantly takes note of the events that follow.  He hopes that, with the right moves, the Tremere will finally be able to cement their position.  He waits by the sideline, however, waiting to see how it all turns out and if his interaction is needed.

Huangpu District

The Tremere know the value of not attempting virginal magic in their own backyard, so other measures must be taken.  Just south of the Old City is the first Tremere experimental territory.  The slums of the Huangpu District were held to some of the worst trials the Tremere had to offer and all at the hand of the new Dark Feng Shui.  Several of the Kindred met Final Death as well, because of this new Path, yet the trial and error continued.

As Heike began to protest against this continual experimentation on a single area, Fukayna spoke forward.  The trials progressed as scheduled, until in the end there was a huge explosion of spiritual energy due to an inaccurate movement of a Dragon Line.  This has left the entire district absolutely spiritually tainted, even though no Kindred can sense the difference unless they possess the Path that caused it all, Dark Feng Shui. 

Soon after, the area was abandoned by all Camarilla Kindred, leaving it as the perfect place for their rivals, the Sabbat, to enter.  At times, there are clashes between the two in the area, but now there are other things to consider.  Demons, Fomori, bakemono, whatever you want to call them, have begun escaping from their hellish realms into the Middle Kingdom.  The Tremere know that they are responsible, but have officially forwarded the blame to the Sabbat, anticipating additional funding and man-power from the Inner Council as its result.

The Sabbat in Shanghai

Camarilla intelligence anticipates that the Sabbat interest in Shanghai would be weak at best, as too many well-entrenched factions had already snapped up the prime territory.   But the Sabbat have a strong desire to hold China’s primary port of entry.   Following recent clues about his clan forgotten origin, the Salubri antitribu inceptor Adonai has sent his own second child to investigate about his clan’s ancient origins. This Cainite, Miguel, has surrounded himself with his old pack, a band of hard boiled Furies, experts in warfare against their ancient enemies.  Lin Baloh, a Chinese Lasombra, has sent several of his own Childer to help Miguel in whichever his quest it is.  He seeks to promote his own standing and his own bloodline’s amongst the Keepers; the Salubri foray promises great opportunities.

As is stated in the Guide to the Sabbat, the Sword of Caine has little to no representation in the Middle Kingdom. Only the Tzimisce mole in Hong Kong and a pack from Tokyo are all that the sect can muster in the Middle Kingdom. Only the constant presence of Lin Baloh and the Nanjing Lasombra has given the Sabbat any permanent foothold in China, and only from a century ago or so. Anyways, the old Lasombra has been a nuisance to the Kuei-jin courts for a long time, using his constant travel to mask his footholds. If the scattered Asian Sabbat has any real leader, this is Baloh.

Baloh was a peasant during the Taiping rebellion, in which most of his family was killed. This drove the young man the self-destruction, losing everything he had to opium. Baloh was embraced by his sire due to his inspired rampages under the effects of the opium, which seemed to affect him in a different way than usual, driving him to frenzies of madness. During one of those, in which he was writing insults to port authorities with spices and spilled perfumes, he catch the eye of one of the Lasombra antitribu of Nanjing. After that, it was only a matter of time before he killed his sire, and forced the other Shanghai Lasombra to join the Sabbat or face Final Death. (A complete profile of Lin Baloh can be found in Clanbook: Lasombra.)

A Look at the Past

Adonai seeks to obtain the lost ancient knowledge of his clan. His efforts have already revived the practice of Valeren, thought gone for centuries after the carnage caused by the Camarilla. He already procured several ancient texts from a Cambodian temple written in forgotten Salubri ciphers. When news of objects extracted from a minor archaeological dig near Shanghai that displayed a similar code arrived, Adonai was eager to investigate. After sending a succession of single Sabbat agents to obtain more info, they discovered that the native vampires protected these areas.  But from a distance, writings and several paintings of three eyed figures could be seen.

This potential knowledge about his bloodline further reinforced his determination. Adonai called on contacts for information concerning the oriental vampires, just in case.  However, he could turn up nothing useful to his cause. Then, after a Blood Feast in Regent Galbraith’s haven, he met an interesting Chinese Cainite that was visiting in the name of his sire, an ancient Lasombra from a city in China.

Adonai spoke extensively with the man about the eastern vampires, finding out that tales of the third-eye existed there as well. Unsure what to do about this, Adonai meditated over all the information he possessed. Obviously, there was at least the slightest possibility that the Salubri featured in Asia’s long past.  Some of them could even still be undead.

Adonai is no fool, and so perfectly knows that there can be other reasons why a vampire could have a third eye, as he has met a lot of Fiends in the Sabbat. And the oriental vampires were famous for strange and unknown powers. But he also reasoned that it was perfectly possible that several of his bloodline could have taken refuge from the hated camarilla in a place where it hold little to no power, and the recent research in Shanghai indicated that the “Kuei-jin”, as the Chinese Lasombra referred to them, had obtained ancient knowledge of his clan. Something needed to be done, and soon, or the knowledge could be lost forever. Adonai needed someone in his confidence who was expendable sent to Shanghai. Someone who was also powerful and intelligent enough to at least hold his ground for enough time to complete the research that his previous spies had been unable to collect. After careful consideration, he chose his second Embraced childe’s pack to take care of this matter. As the pack consisted exclusively of
Salubri antitribu, it was a better choice than sending his first Embraced.

Intervention

It was not long before Miguel, as the childe of Adonai was named, presented himself with his pack before the unappointed leader of the Sabbat in Asia. Lin Baloh saw a great opportunity. After all, he thought, the founder of a bloodline was the founder of a bloodline, no matter how small or new that is. If he helped this Miguel and his pack in his operations in Shanghai, not only would he befriend an important political figure, but he also would cement the Sabbat position in Asia as a whole. So, to help Miguel and his pack attain as much success as possible, he sent one of the few packs that he knew well, the one who was directed by one of his sire’s brood, Tian Wan-Yin, to set up shop in Shanghai.  All the better to forward his own Jyhad…

Recent Events

Finally, over the course of the last year, both packs arrived in Shanghai. As soon as he arrived in the city, Miguel put his nose to the grindstone. After securing a refuge, he immediately started planning a first trip to both the museum and the excavations. He had all the info that his sire Adonai had obtained through spies and contacts, not much, but enough to know that the museum was heavily defended against intrusion. So Miguel attempted to examine the archaeological site. He was expecting no opposition, apart from normal humans, and that was his first mistake. Before he and his pack mates could enter the site, they were savagely attacked by an unknown force, attacking from a distance and using strange powers to keep Miguel off balance. A force undoubtedly supernatural in origin.  Miguel planned three assaults on the ruins, and the three of them were met with failure. In the last, one of his pack mates found Final Death, and they were no closer to learning why the dig was defended. This greatly disturbed
Miguel, who found himself locked into a stalemate with unknown enemies. He tried more subtle tactics approaches with the Museum, but all attempts ended in failure.

Meanwhile, Tian Wan-Yin arrived also at the city. Having a better knowledge of the Middle Kingdom’s shen than Miguel, Wan-Yin quickly secured a refuge for her and his pack mates. Moving in the shadows, speaking with shen who didn’t mattr about her Cainite descent but how much could she pay, she obtained information about Miguel’s gambits. Trying to maintain distance from her sectarian initially, she met Baloh’s contacts in the underground community before acting openly.

The Avenging Razors, Salubri antitribu pack

The Razors hail from Mexico, where they enjoyed renown from repeated success in the East Coast offensive. Licks whispered that the Razors ripped apart their foes in combat, and would never run from a conflict.  Miguel, the second childe of Adonai, serves as the pack priest and possesses a sharp head for tactics.  His chief underling, priest Jacob Mathew Jones, got ashed in one of the exploration missions to the archaeological digs. The new priest is Esther, a former Tremere (antitribu?) ghoul. IS SHE A DUCHESKI?  REVENANT?  The other survivor, Robert, saw combat in the first Gulf War and was Embraced by Miguel to be a combat buddy. Neither Miguel nor Robert trust Esther, as she retains links to the Camarilla’s most painful thorn, but she has never failed to perform against the Ivory Tower.  She shows nothing but deep hatred for her former masters, so her occult knowledge make her the best choice to replace Jacob. Miguel is considering Embracing a new childe in Shanghai to recover from the recent losses, but he has not decided yet who to select.  The Razors act as a well trained combat unit, thanks to Robert’s field training, and each member can handle blades as well as firearms.  

The Hidden Lotus, Nanjing pack

The Hidden Lotus has lurked throughout Asia since the beginning of the twentieth century, making them one of the most successful packs in surviving the hell that the Middle Kingdom is to the Sabbat. Although most of the original members have been killed, Wan-Yin, the ductus, managed to survive all the hazards facing her.  She has been training the new pack priest, Shao Ngo, a promising young Abyss mystic. Three other members survive to this night, Xuerui, another local Lasombra, Jessica, an American Pander, and Sandro, a Tzimisce from Tijuana. Neither Jessica nor Sandro could refuse the great advancement opportunity that Baloh offered. The pack’s local Lasombra bloodline resents the influx of new blood quietly, but Wan-Yin cannot refuse the extra muscle they provide.  As long as the gweilo don’t interfere with her sire’s plans, she’ll gladly spend her nights with the newcomers.

Mausoleum and Court, Owl and Hare (Giovanni)

Few Kindred have enjoyed as much success with the haughty and elegant Cathayans as the Giovanni representatives. A tentative alliance, a trading of knowledges, access to study the unique Asian Underworld, even the right to feed and occasionally Embrace; these are among the many advantages the Giovanni have over their Kindred cousins. 

But the Necromancers’ relationship with the powers that be dangles on the edge each night.  As the months fly by, the Court allows less and less room for the Giovanni to maneuver. For the back in Venice, this state of affairs irritates, but hardly spells an end to their plans.  For those Giovanni on the ground, however, this change heralds nothing but the worst.

A Look at Their Past

The Giovanni network within Asia represents countless nights of labor for the Family.  The della Passaglia have always led their cousins in looking East. Allegedly, the first della Passaglia arrived as a foreman in Marco Polo’s caravan. Since the 1400s, the illicit household has done everything in their power to stay above water in a hostile environment, even going so far as to occasionally bring a native into the family line as a comprador to keep them connected, a tactic that is looked down upon by the clan back home. Above-table and below-table trading, opium and firearm sales, and trading with each and every political faction, Guomintang and Communist, while staying nominally neutral (read, in it for themselves) has given the della Passaglia the foothold they needed to hold onto their Asian niche.

While they struggled desperately to remain in the Middle Kingdom, in Europe the few remaining della Passaglia had been consumed by the Giovanni. The household leaders folded like a deck of cards to Augustus’s brood, and the offers of income and further security sweetened the pot for the toiling della Passaglia in Asia, who were considering renouncing their doddering relations back home.  In return, the Giovanni gained access to the trade routes and access to the Far East that the Cappadocian purges practically demanded of them.

The East hid many of the old Clan, some having been there for centuries, others having fled there from the Middle East and further away still. With the takeover of the della Passaglia family, these hiding places were once again broken apart, and in some places the ashes of ancients so old even the wooden stake would not drive them to torpor scattered the winds.  A few captured Cappadocians professed admiration for their Eastern counterparts before falling to the Ameranth, claiming the ancients were educators and teachers on their paths of enlightenment. These ‘Flowers of Bone’ have posed as a constant foil for Giovanni forays into the East since that time.

After a few centuries of being self-absorbed and obsessed with the formation of the new sects, the Giovanni turned to East Asia again. The della Passaglia had made a number of interesting anchorheads in assumed hostile territory. In return for free rein to collect souls, the Saigon della Passaglia would offer the one thing that held interest to the flesh-workers: information about the western sects and clans.  This signaled the reaming of the della Passaglia. Since that fateful night, the della Passaglia have slowly been getting squeezed out of Asian shadow politics as the Wan Reng no longer need a mole. In Beijing, Running Monkeys booted out the family representative out of the Underground City. Their Ancestor, Ch’ang, tires of Martino, especially since the democracy protests in 1989. The family has faced more and more young rabble-rousers "invading" the Underground City, using old city plans to find their entrances. It’s almost guaranteed that since the Great Leap Forward, the remaining della Passaglia face the strongest opposition China has to bear.

However, Martino has been clever, and he recently offered a deal with the courts. In return for the safety of his family, della Passaglia and the clan would provide the Kuei-jin just what they wanted, a beachhead in western lands and an approach to attack the hated Trimira of Vienna. The mandarins’ greed in taking the deal infuriated the younger jina. But the offer was one that the Demon People simply could not refuse.  The della Passaglia claim to have discovered a way to produce the Second Breath on Western shores. And in return, the bloodthirsty ringleaders of the Great Leap Forward must allow representatives of one of the most depraved, uncouth barbarians of the western Kindred to remain exactly where they are. Some view the situation as a deal with Yomi Wan, while for others, it is the single cost of a victorious Middle Kingdom.

Getting to Asia

Shanghai has been mostly ignored during these interesting times. Indeed, Martino della Passaglia’s contact with Shanghai is tertiary at best, centering much of his work through Beijing and keeping the family enclave there (the largest in Asia) intact. Still, one should not pass up an opportunity, and Martino realizes this.

Though a Westerner, della Passaglia knows of the conflict between the gaki and the Flesh Court, and of the Bamboo Princes. He’s managed to open up space within Shanghai for his family to operate due to favors owed, which they frequently resell to any and all comers. The interesting take on the Masquerade in the Middle Kingdom allows the family to treat the politics of the Kuei-jin and the mortal realm as much the same. Every shadow war, every brush conflict between the old and the new brings more souls into the grasp of the della Passaglia family, and the Giovanni clan as a whole.

Much like in Saigon and Beijing, the small enclave of della Passaglia necromancers study the Yellow Emperor’s underworld in Shanghai, and have helped spread the claim that the family elders have found a way to bring the Second Breath to areas outside the Middle Kingdom. Darker rumors, that they have also found ways to still the maelstrom winds and even enter into Yomi Wan itself spread rapidly, led to some over-zealous wu breaking in and trying to execute the Westerners for their impudence. Security in the Shanghai enclave is so severe and packed that the entire block the home is located on is haunted to some degree or the other.

Western Representatives

Few Giovanni openly reside within Shanghai. The intermittent conflict between the gaki and indigenous Cathayans keeps the whole city on the edge of exploding, so the canny Giovanni seek refuge in the suburbs, preferring only to visit when necessary. Truth be told, the Giovanni have stayed aloof from the Shanghai situation almost from day one, playing it safe in the volatile city, and so, few of the (once) well-connected della Passaglia family have given much thought to Shanghai.

Only three members of the Giovanni family have taken residence up in Shanghai, but each of them has tied their fortune and very unlives to the welfare of Shanghai. Eldest of the three is Carlos il Montega della Passaglia, one of the family’s more noteworthy minds, who has survived for almost two centuries. He Embraced Serena della Passaglia during the height of the war. He selected her for her understanding of the Japanese mindset, though it was never put to use. His other childe is a pariah. Andrei Rubachevsky once was a Russian noble, a would-be adventurer. Abroad during the Communist uprising, he managed to keep his life. Embraced outside of Venice’s jurisdiction, his very existence has remained Carlos's only black mark in two hundred years of loyal service.

Since arriving in Shanghai in the spring of 1887, Carlos has worked diligently to cement relationships with the local Vampires. He learned every nuance of the Chinese mindset, studied their culture, religions and politics, and was always unfailingly polite and often looked upon by the Asian Vampires as everything the Kin-jin could be if they tried.

During the multitude of events that have rocked the city of Shanghai, Carlos has taken every opportunity to ingratiate himself in any way possible, from helping smuggle weapons to spying on the Johnny-come-lately Kindred and their pawns. During the height of the Japanese occupation, Carlos was instrumental in smuggling Chinese vampires in and out of the city, as well as using his Necromancy to interfere with gaki invaders.

The Embrace of Serena was in part to provide a go between from Chinese to Japanese, little realizing how he would offend the gaki by sending a Cainite negotiator. In 1942, a gaki assassin nearly destroyed Carlos in the safety of his own haven. Were it not for the fortuitous presence of Andrei, the assassin would have succeeded.  Still, he continued attempting to negotiate with the gaki, but found them ultimately rejecting his numerous advances. He assumed all Asian customs were the same and offered the same deals to the Japanese that he did for the Chinese.  This lead to the downfall with the ketsuki.

Realizing that the Japanese would never treat him with the respect he had earned from the Chinese, Carlos moved further into the city, entwining his fate to that of the Chinese vampires he admired. In the Final Nights, as the Chinese courts step back and smile condescendingly at the ignorant della Passaglia, even the well-liked Carlos finds his allies falling away, and his enemies creeping closer. But Shanghai is all he has.

Shanghai in the Eyes of the Dead

From the beginning of the della Passaglia business interests in China, a tentative peace has been held between the insular family and the Wan Kuei, a peace that over the centuries resembled an alliance. As time passed, many Giovanni relaxed their guard, confident that they had bound the Asian courts to them with the right information. All that came crashing down not four years ago, in the wake of the Week of Nightmares. The Five Courts suddenly could not find the time of night to pay the usual courtesies to their visitors, and the della Passaglia panicked. Their entire fate and power was tied to their interests in China.  If they couldn’t provide tribute to Augustus, the anzetti would be happy to eliminate them wholesale. This very threat was calmly delivered by Diego Giovanni’s man to Antonio della Passaglia.

Suddenly all eyes turned to Carlos, the rogue still residing in conflict ridden Shanghai, as the last hope of the family. Carlos has had a tremendous weight dropped on him, and a responsibility that in effect gives him power over his own Sire, Antonio.

The loss of the Giovanni’s hold on such a large number of wraiths in the wake of the last great Maelstrom has left the smaller families with a nasty threat hanging over their heads. “Bring us more souls, or your time is up.”  The della Passaglia fear the worst.  In the depths of Asia, their reach is small and their grasp weak, and the locals do not take kindly to the trapping of their ancestors. Knowing that they cannot possibly begin to fill the quota the Giovanni ask, the della Passaglia elders have requested him to negotiate asylum with the Cathayans.

Even though Carlos knows the Elders of the family have agreed on this course of action, all repercussions for failure shall fall squarely upon himself and his Sire, and the vengeance of the Giovanni can be more terrifying than Final Death.  In addition, Martino has authorized the family there to grant the Proxy Kiss to as many non-family members as they need to keep the bolthole open. Even coming within four blocks of the area is sure to set off one or two ghouls working for the family.

Andrei Rubachevsky Speaks.

For over fifty years, the gaki and the Quincunx have battled like demons for this piece of land, and nobody seeming to ever really gain the upper hand. I can tell you one thing I have noticed in my time here; they wage war much as we do, behind the curtains of belief, so yeah; they carry on a Masquerade as well. They manipulate kine resources like we do; they play little political games of one upsmanship and the youngsters all feel like they are being treated unfairly. Funny how things are the same, no matter how different they may appear to be. Seems to me that the same tactics we use against the Camarilla and Sabbat could work here with out too much difficulty…something to think about.

Kin-jin of Note (NPCs)

The Camarilla

Heike Vranitzky, Keeper of the Chantry, 7th Generation Regent of the Third Circle

Background: Heike was born in the eastern Austrian Empire to a Czech family.  He lived as a woodsman for most of his life and the exact details of his becoming entrenched in the life of a Tremere is unknown except to the most scholarly of disciples.  Despite this, Heike has stood for the power and glory of the Tremere on more than one occasion, fighting countless skirmishes and creating several new spells and rituals to use against the clan’s enemies.

Bad blood exists between Oliver Thrace and Heike.  When the two of them worked together on one certain ritual creation project, Thrace drove Heike into torpor and took credit for his work.  That ritual was the reason that Thrace was chosen to head the Chantry in Hong Kong, which angered Vranitzky when he awoke.  Nothing would please him more, than to succeed where Thrace failed and show the Tremere what true Thaumaturgy is.

He has arrived in Shanghai, with an impossible mission and meager forces, but is determined to show the Camarilla that it can be done.  And it will be done, at his pace.  He will not concede to the constant bitching and moaning of Fukayna and Ser Piero.  There is no need to.

Appearance: Heike looks like the rugged woodsman of the Grimm Brothers’ fairy tales, who has decided to crawl into an expensive suit for the evening. Heike stands a little over 6 feet tall, a broad shouldered boulder of a man. He has a wild mane of black hair worn in a ponytail or loose, when he doesn’t need to be bothered by others. His face is half covered by a beard.

Roleplaying Hints: When you do show your face, you are seen a rough man with a deep voice.  You say what’s on your mind without regard to anyone’s opinions or feelings either.  You are a strong man, who is not afraid to show your strength if needed.  You command respect, mostly through fear.  Kindness should not be shown, but you do not scorn it.

Haven: Heike’s haven lies in the French Concession, as a simple apartment.

Secrets: He knows all of the information about the Inner Circle’s plans and his own.  That is basis enough for secrets.

Influence: He is the leader of the Camarilla forces in Shanghai, yet has sunken into the background, pushing Lothario to the forefront.  All major decisions go through him, but he’s too deep into study of Thaumaturgy to care most of the time.  All bow before him – if they know what’s good for them at least. 

Clan: Tremere, Sire: unknown, Nature: Architect, Demeanor: Deviant, Generation: 7th, Embrace: 1603, Apparent Age: Mid-30s

Stats: Physical: Strength 5, Dexterity 4, Stamina 6, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 3, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 5

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 5, Brawl 2, Dodge 3, Empathy 2, Leadership 4, Skills: Animal Ken 4, Firearms 3, Melee 4, Stealth 3, Survival 5, Knowledges: Investigation 4, Law 3, Occult 5, Politics 3, Science 3

Disciplines: Auspex 6, Thaumaturgy 5 (Path of Blood 5, Spirit Manipulation 5, Mastery of the Mortal Shell 5, Harnessed Dishamony 3), Dominate 5, Animalism 3, Fortitude 2, Potence 2, Rituals: Heike knows all the rituals that the ST deems necessary. 

Backgrounds: Allies 2, Contacts 1, Herd 1, Resources 4, Status 4

Virtues: Conscience 3, Self-Control 5, Courage 5, Humanity: 6, Willpower: 8

Gu’er (Ghouled Dog)

Attributes: Strength 4, Dexterity 3, Stamina 3

Willpower: 5, Health Levels: OK, -1, -1, -2, -2, -5

Attack: Bite for five dice; claw for four

Abilities: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Brawl 3, Dodge 3, Empathy 2, Intimidation 3, Stealth 2

Disciplines: Potence 1, Fortitude 1

Note: this dog has been a companion to Heike for centuries.  His name means Orphan.

Lothario Degli Angeli, the Face of the Circle, 9th Generation Grand-Childe of Heike Vranitzky

Background: Lothario grew up in Hong Kong, a child of a wealthy Italian businessman.  He was loved by all his nannies, but never by his own parents.  This much he knows.  Most of his life’s memories have been removed (he suspects the use of Dominate). The Pyramid introduced Lothario to his grand-sire, Heike.  The transition to serving such a daunting, rugged man has gone over well, despite the Lothario’s mistrust of the Elder. 

If Heike is the brain of the Tremere in Shanghai, then Lothario is both its protector and face to the outside world. It is widely known that he is Heike’s grandchilde, yet neither will discuss Lothario’s sire.

He adopts the look of a businessman, like his mortal father, though he adores studying the legends of the Salubri and conducts the Camarilla’s business in Shanghai with the greatest of precision.  But in secret, Lothario is a monster.  He hosts special “parties” for women never seen again.  He “investigates” the strange disappearance of children.  The pleasure he feels from the slaughtering of the innocent is a profound one.  However, this information is kept a secret from all others.

Appearance:  Lothario seems to be in his early thirties, standing about 1.8 meters high. He is slender, graceful and fashions his finely groomed black hair swept back. He usually wears somber and finely cut suits, most often held in black, colored silk shirts and a black tie. His long hair always tied back for the utmost appropriateness.  He is slick and suave, with a smile that melts his followers.

Roleplaying Hints: You always are calm and in control.  You are the pinnacle of appearing nonchalant and this simultaneously freaks others out and annoys them.  But behind closed doors, you are a ravenous monster.  Little can stop your perverse feeding rituals, save for the call of Heike.  Never let anyone into your secret world, but never truly leave it either.

Haven: The French Concession holds the seat of power for the Kindred and this is where Lothario chooses to perch as well.

Secrets: Your Sire did something that ensures that he‘s never brought up, his name never mentioned.  He has been wiped from you mind, but you wish to uncover what it was that your sire did. One day, in the near future, you plan turning on your master.  The secrets between the Kindred are plentiful, indeed.

Influence:  He is the Tremere’s second in command and is listened to without a thought by most and not at all by few others.

Clan: Tremere, Sire: Forgotten, Nature: Monster, Demeanor: Conformist, Generation: 9th, Embrace: 1871, Apparent Age: Early thirties

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 3, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 4, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 5, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 5, Brawl 3, Dodge 3, Empathy 3, Intimidation 4, Leadership 3, Streetwise 2, Subterfuge 3, Skills: Crafts 2, Drive 2, Firearms 4, Melee 3, Performance 2, Security 4, Stealth 3, Knowledges: Academics 3, Computers 3, Investigation 4, Law 3, Linguistics 3, Occult 3, Politics 2

Disciplines: Thaumaturgy 4 (Path of Blood 4, Movement of the Mind 3, Hands of Destruction 2), Dominate 3, Auspex 2, Presence 2, Rituals: Defense of the Sacred Haven, Deflection of Wooden Doom, Ward Versus Ghouls, Incorporeal Passage

Backgrounds: Contacts 2, Influence 2, Mentor 4 (Heike), Resources 3

Virtues: Conscience 3, Self-Control 2, Courage 5, Humanity: 5, Willpower: 7

Fukayna, 11th Generation Childe of Marcus de Valmont

Background: Fukayna, whose name in Ibo means “Intelligent”, was taken from Nigeria to America as a slave by the French at the age of six and she grew up like many other slaves taken care of by her mother until she was of use to the field master.  In an emotional display, she was sold to another farm on the other side of Alabama.  She couldn’t bear to be without her mother, yet had no choice but to suffer to depression. 

The dashing Marcus de Valmont brought the young Fukayna to his plantation to work, but became infatuated by her curves and beauty.  After much secretive courting between the two, they became lovers for several years and when she turned 20, Marcus Embraced her into the fold of the Tremere Clan.  He passed it off as new experiment to see how fast the African savages could adapt, as it took great intelligence to master Thaumaturgy.  Although, he knew Fukayna was far ahead of many of the slaves that were kept ignorant.

Fukayna passed these trials easily, along with a few other slaves, and served willingly by her master’s side for an entire century as Marcus’s soldier, lover, and companion.  But in 1936, a Blood Hunt was called on her and her master, when the news of their affair was discovered by the local Prince. It seems the Prince of the city was a member of a certain hooded organization.  Marcus did not make it out of the situation alive, leaving Fukayna to her own whims. She hunted down and reduced the assailants to ash.  She did not become an activist, however, only hunting down those directly responsible for her loss. She cared little for the cause, although her head told her she should car more, her heart held only remorse for Marcus and not for all the slaves that suffered. 

She became a prominent member in Camarilla and Tremere circles, using the secrets she learned from Marcus, making herself known to all but the newest Kindred in any city she would visit.  Upon learning of Heike’s plans, she decided to “help” in Shanghai.  She packed up some of her followers and brought them over, even being integral to the development of Dark Feng Shui, but does not like the way things are being handled.  The progression of the city becoming a Tremere stronghold is taking too long for her tastes and a coup may need to be asserted.  We will see, however. 

Appearance:  A strong, beautiful woman with dark skin and sparkling hazel eyes.  Her body is muscular, yet feminine.  She keeps her hair braided most times and wears normal, comfortable clothes (nothing too fancy or too slutty).

Roleplaying Hints: Your beauty belies the fiery spirit inside.  You are a revolutionary, fighting for change in a land that is most stagnant.  You will continue to keep the Tremere in charge, but only until the time is right for you and Ser Piero to take it to the next level.  You are very combative, ready to spark a battle in a moments notice.  However, your words are always soft, as you know the propriety of etiquette.

Haven: Fukayna has quite a few different havens, one in the basement of a hotel in New Pudong, a warehouse in the Huangpu District and the basement of the Shanghai Stadium, just north of Central Shanghai.

Secrets:  The exact plans to betray Heike are hers alone and she is just waiting for the right moment.

Influence: Fukayna has a great sway over certain Tremere and other Kindred of Shanghai, yet holds this power in reserve for a later time.  She is known by all and respected as a master in the arts.

Clan: Tremere, Sire: Marcus de Valmont, Nature: Survivor, Demeanor: Rebel, Generation: 11th, Embrace: 1767, Apparent Age: 20

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 3, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 3, Brawl 2, Dodge 3, Expression 2, Intimidation 2, Leadership 3, Streetwise 4, Skills: Crafts 2, Etiquette 4, Firearms 1, Melee 2, Performance 1, Security 1, Stealth 2, Survival 4, Knowledges: Computer 1, Investigation 2, Law 2, Linguistics 3, Occult 4, Politics 1

Disciplines: Auspex 4, Thaumaturgy 4 (Path of Blood 4, Harnessed Disharmony 4, Lure of Flame 2), Celerity 2, Dominate 1, Fortitude 1, Rituals: Wake with Evening’s Freshness, Ward Versus Ghouls, Principal Focus of Vitae Infusion, Pavis of Foul Presence, Bone of Lies

Backgrounds: Allies 1, Contacts 2, Herd 2, Resources 3, Status 3

Virtues: Conscience 2, Self-Control 4, Courage 5, Humanity: 6, Willpower: 7

Ser Piero, 10th Generation Nosferatu Elder

Background: Ser Piero – which is almost certainly not his real name - was Embraced during the early 1700’s and has lived a life of murder and bloodshed ever since.  Little is known about his past, yet everyone in the Camarilla knows his name.  He was sent into Asia, hoping to establish the area a Nosferatu dwelling away from Nictuku.  With deep and exact planning, this has come to fruition. The Sewer Rats are happy with this.

The Nosferatu started in Beijing, working with the Giovanni in league with the Cathayan Prince there to boost their potential profits.  Ser Piero acquired Communist Party files that allowed their networks to travel to Hong Kong, offering protection to Kindred from the Cathayan attackers.  The projected earnings returned tenfold, and this money was used to guide the rebuilding of Shanghai’s numerous sewer tunnels.  Shanghai also has a large number of suitable canals, making it a ‘Venice of the East.’ Nosferatu find that these allow for fast and convenient transportation as well.  It is the perfect place for the Nosferatu to set up shop in Asia.

Ser Piero was the Kindred who set this all up and was at the forefront of the reconstruction.  This, along with the sheer age and potency of his blood, has made him leader among the Nosferatu in Shanghai, a title he is very proud of.  He is currently working with Fukayna, trying to push the moderate Heike and Lothario from their thrones and place someone who’ll actual get things done in their places.  Until then, he bides his time, waiting for the so-called 6th Age that everyone seems up in arms about. 

Appearance:  Ser Piero resembles many of his Nosferatu compatriots. His attire is normally ripped, torn and dirty, as he doesn’t pay to much heed to his physical shell. He does cover himself in the illusions allowed by Obfuscate, whenever conducting meetings with anyone not a Nosferatu. There is a certain form he favors, one that is tied to the name he goes by. He has long been a devotee to all things derived from renaissance – thus he has adopted the name of Michelangelo’s father, and when confronting the world outside Nosferatu circles, he does so in the form of da Vinci’s Vitruvian Man. 

Roleplaying Hints: You are a schemer through and through.  Every move, every thought, is a movement along the path you have planned from the beginning.  That is how you are, the perfect secret keeper. Every word you say is wrapped in slyness. This makes others trust you less and less the more they get to know you.  You’re not unlikable, just untrustworthy. 

Haven: the sewers of Shanghai. When above ground, he has many dwellings in French Town.

Secrets: He has dealings with the Hidden Economy and some other Cathayan coteries, and collects information on the other Kindred in the Shanghai.  He’s got something bad on almost all of them, except Adrian Goldman.

Influence: Ser Piero’s potential influence over the Shanghai Kindred is immeasurable.  He is not trusted with most minute things, yet no one can mistake his genius when it comes to strategy.

Clan: Nosferatu, Sire: unknown, Nature: Judge, Demeanor: Architect, Generation: 10th, Embrace: 1709, Apparent Age: indiscernible

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 4, Appearance 0, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 3, Brawl 3, Dodge 5, Empathy 1, Intimidation 4, Streetwise 3, Skills: Animal Ken 3, Etiquette 1, Firearms 1, Melee 1, Security 4, Stealth 4, Knowledges: Academics 3 (Asian History), Investigation 3, Law 2, Occult 2, Politics 2

Disciplines: Obfuscate 5, Animalism 3, Potence 3, Celerity 1

Backgrounds: Contacts 4, Resources 4, Status 3

Virtues: Conscience 2, Self-Control 5, Courage 4, Humanity: 6, Willpower: 8

Ferret, 9th Generation Nosferatu

Background: Ferret is what is called a Cleopatra among Nosferatu. For those unfamiliar with the ugly ones’ slang, it is a good-looking person, Embraced to destroy his beauty. These unfortunates must come to terms with their new state – or perish. It seemed like Ferret had done so, and that he’d overcome his hatred for his Sire. Yet such things can deceive. Although he hid his resentment beneath layers upon layers of deception, it kept smoldering.

Over the years the leash Ser Piero kept on Ferret became longer and longer, until one day the Cleopatra did not return. Nowhere was he to find. For decades the young kindred struggled to gain the means of revenge against his Sire, performing deeds considered heinous in Cainite circles.

Now it seems like the time for his revenge has come – and for this reason he has returned to his Sire’s side.

Appearance:  From the viewpoint of most, all Nosferatu hurt the eye. Yet Ferret is unlucky in this regard even among the brethren of his Clan. Ferret’s most obvious deformity is his mouth. Although he does sport the fangs associated with the Curse, he has a problem when it comes to feeding. His lips have grown together in three places – nothing which seriously impedes speech, but these strands of flesh keeps him from feeding in the most usual manner of Cainites.

Roleplaying Hints: Publicly submissive – even to the point of sniveling – Ferret is a creature of great pride. Wrong him and he’ll never forget you. The whole of his existence since the night of his Embrace have been centered on revenge, something which he will pursue with a malicious cunning.

Haven: the sewers of Shanghai.

Secrets: Unknown to all but Ser Piero – to whom it is painfully obvious - is the fact that Ferret is a diablerist. In the years since his Embrace, Ferret has indulged in this practice more than once, and his blood has grown increasingly stronger. However, Ser Piero will never be able to reveal this knowledge, as he is heavily dominated by Ferret the puppeteer.

Influence: Through Ser Piero, Ferret is able to make the Nosferatu present in Shanghai do almost anything.

Clan: Nosferatu, Sire: Ser Piero, Nature: Rogue, Demeanor: Loner, Generation: 11th, Embrace: 1837, Apparent Age: indiscernible

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 3, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 4, Appearance 0, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Brawl 3, Dodge 3, Empathy 2, Intimidation 3, Streetwise 3, Subterfuge 3, Skills: Drive 1, Firearms 1, Melee 2, Stealth 3, Knowledges: Academics 2, Computer 1, Investigation 2, Linguistics 3, Occult 1, Politics 2.

Disciplines: Obfuscate 4, Animalism 2, Potence 3, Dominate 3

Backgrounds: Contacts 3, Resources 2, Status 1

Virtues: Conscience 2, Self-Control 4, Courage 3, Humanity: 5, Willpower: 7

Adrian Goldman, 12th Generation Childe of Paul Murphy

Background: Adrian Goldman lived a normal life in London, but his life changed with the explosion of the Disco Era.  The glittering, bright lights and the heavy drug use took his life over and he caroused in the clubs almost every night.  Losing contact with his surroundings through blow and dope, he lost his job and any connection he had to his family. Then he met Paul.

Inseparable for months, they eventually became lovers.  Their emotions were connected on a level of which no one else had ever reached and Adrian became obsessed once again.  He followed Paul back to his Haven and discovered his dark secret.  Adrian didn’t freak out, however, but instead begged to join Paul in everlasting life.  Paul agreed and Embraced the love of his life, hoping to feel the pleasure of his touch forever, but the Beast was strong within Adrian.  After being Embraced, he awoke to find Paul’s lifeless corpse before him.  He would learn later that he diablerized Paul.

Adrian never seems to get a break in his unlife. He gave up his old life as an accountant and dived into his hobby, piano.  Being a musician allows him to work nights and acquire vessels with ease. This career choice has brought him to Shanghai, where he has performed for many prominent members of the communist government, the Camarilla and even a Cathayan or two.

To show respect to Paul’s memory, he does not feed from the unwilling and keeps his sire’s necklace with him constantly.  He also has begun to work for the community centers and clean up crews, but stays in the background as not to directly interfere with any of his fellow Kindred’s plans.  He is not scared of the other Kindred, as he takes pains to follow the Traditions, but finds the social calamity that follows interactions to be a bore and does not prove to be worth it in the end.  He has no stake in the local Camarilla, but would gladly lend a hand if asked. He is seen well in the eyes of the conservative members, but is considered weak by most of the others.

Appearance:  An nice-looking Caucasian man, Adrian stands tall and proud of himself and his choices.  His skin is flushed and he appears mostly human with his long brown hair with sideburns (left over from the 70s).  He has green eyes, but avoids too flashy clothes these days.  He only gets truly wild for Halloween.  It’s a shame the locals don’t celebrate the holiday.

Roleplaying Hints: You are a man who regrets his past.  Today, you make your unlife better, by helping those who need help and by bringing happiness through music to the people.  You are a confident person, who uses his head in all decisions, but you are always worried about your status in the Camarilla, the eyes of the Kuei-jin and the constant war that seems to go on around.  You are a performer first and the choice will be hard if it gets to all out war with the Cathay.

Haven: A small cramped apartment just north of the Old City with a few of his music friends.

Secrets: Adrian does not delve to deep into the affairs of the shen, using his contacts to do good things in Shanghai, instead of the simple manipulation of the mortal population.

Influence: none

Clan: Toreador, Sire: Paul Murphy, Nature: Penitent, Demeanor: Caregiver, Generation: 12th, Embrace: 1975, Apparent Age: Early 30s

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 3, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 2

Abilties: Talents: Alertness 2, Brawl 1, Dodge 4, Empathy 3, Streetwise 1, Subterfuge 1, Skills: Animal Ken 2, Drive 1, Etiquette 1, Firearms 2, Performance 4, Survival 1, Knowledges: Academics 3 (Music), Computer 2, Investigation 1, Linguistics 4, Occult 1, Politics 4

Disciplines: Presence 3, Celerity 3, Auspex 2, Potence 1

Backgrounds: Allies 3, Contacts 4, Fame 1, Herd 4, Resources 2, Status 1

Virtues: Conscience 4, Self-Control 3, Courage 3, Humanity: 8, Willpower: 6

Chance, 14th Generation Thin-Blood

Background: Chance received her name because of her variety of singing styles, genres and performances.  At the age of 21, the young Shanghai Opera singer, Jiao Nui was in a train crash that left her blind. For years she continued to sing, but the accident left her with a severe case of stage fright after her recovery from her other physical wounds. 

To free herself of this, she decided to admit herself into the Shanghai Hospital’s Experimental Medicine department, hoping that they could cure her eyesight and her self-esteem.  But one night before her big operation, the entire emergency ward was engulfed in a mass Embrace that the few Sabbat in town performed.  Nui never saw her sire, but heard him cry as he drained her blood, as if he was remorseful.  She realizes now that she was nothing but a pity-Embrace.  Her sire did not want to see her die, for some reason or another.  Representatives from the Camarilla came into the hospital to dispose of all the bastard Childes, forcing Chance to hide.  She hid from the world for 3 years, masquerading as a homeless woman, until she realized that no one cared if she existed anymore.

She has emerged and has begun to regain her composure with help of Adrian Goldman.  He found her and helped her to her feet, in the real and undead worlds.  While she is not recognized by the local Camarilla, she is Adrian’s companion, which puts her in the Camarilla’s sights.  She has adopted her stage name Chance once again, but uses it as her real name as well now.  She has begun singing again as well, but still has not gotten over her stage fright fully, so is still awkward on stage.

Appearance:  Chance stands as a petite Chinese girl, with short black hair and green eyes.  There are scars around her eyes, which sometimes make others uncomfortable, so she is seen wearing sunglasses usually.  Although she has a nice body, she rarely shows it off.  After all, when the tax collectors came to her childhood village, displaying wealth was taboo.  Touching people and getting their germs is a whole other story.

Roleplaying Hints: You appear shy and composed to the outside, which reflect exactly the way you are inside as well.  You have reluctantly accepted to the help of Adrian Goldman, but you fear the rest of the Camarilla.  The purge of the hospital was surprising at best and frightening at worst, yet you feel safe around your new companion.  You speak very seldom.  Your first love is singing, and now you are able to overcome your stage fright, since you can’t see the crowd anymore.

Haven: She stays in the basement of the Shanghai General Hospital, in one of the many long forgotten storage areas.

Secrets: With her keen Insight, she has run across several of the inside plots of the Camarilla.  Fukayna is plotting against Lothario, Lothario against his master, and the puppet Ser Piero against them all.  It will be quite interesting to see the outcome. 

Influence: none

Clan: Caitiff, Sire: unknown, Nature: Loner, Demeanor: Pedagogue, Generation: 14th, Embrace: 2000, Apparent Age: Early-20s

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 2, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 2, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 5, Intelligence 3, Wits 2

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Dodge 3, Empathy 2, Expression 2, Performance 3, Subterfuge 4, Skills: Animal Ken 1, Etiquette 2, Melee 3, Performance 3, Stealth 2, Knowledges: Academics 3 (Medicine), Linguistics 2, Occult 2, Science 3

Disciplines: Auspex 2, Dementation 1, Fortitude 1

Backgrounds: Allies 2, Herd 2, Insight 4, Resources 1

Virtues: Conscience 3, Self-Control 5, Courage 2, Humanity: 7, Willpower: 7

The Sabbat

Miguel, Ductus of the Avenging Razors, 9th Generation Childe of Adonai

Background: The past is an empty thing to Miguel, his first memories being the ecstasy of being drained of all his blood by his sire, Adonai, in a dark place somewhere near the Autonomous National University of Mexico. Miguel can only guess that he was a student there. When Miguel demanded his past be divulged, Adonai simply looked at him with wrath in his eyes.  Miguel, terribly loyal to his sire and wishing not to beckon his wrath, soon stopped asking. Forgetting about his past, he pressed forward, focusing on the matters of the Salubri.

Miguel got his name from the angel necklace he carries, his only link to his true self and his past.  Miguel worked diligently to please his sire, to obtain a word of praise from the bloodline founder. He has been mentioned two times for his good services to the Salubri antitribu by Adonai in the special ceremony during the Palla Grande, but although he is recognized for his great deeds, he has always felt that he should do more.  He entered the pit fights in North America just for that, trying to satisfy that need of doing more, rightfully obtaining a measure of recognition for both him as his pack as fearless and capable.

After returning to Mexico for a while, Miguel was charged by Adonai with his current mission. Proud of his sire’s trust, Miguel called on his pack again and traveled first to Nanjing and then to Shanghai. He didn’t trust Baloh, but he also could not afford avoiding the Lasombra, as his knowledge and contacts could turn necessary at any moment.

Now, the taste of defeat isn’t easy for Miguel. His former priest Jacob’s death has affected him more than he wants to say, and Miguel blames himself for his pack mate’s demise. He has promised that no other member of the pack will meet Final Death under his leadership.

The Camarilla knows little of Miguel, except that he is a whirlwind of death and vitae.

Description: Miguel has cruelly short copper hair, and his brown eyes bear fanaticism. He has an athletic build, the result of a decade of fighting the Salubri enemies. He wears an armored trench coat over his trousers, which is difficult to confound with anything but his well-kept bastard sword. Underneath, he wears very used jeans and a ragged shirt, giving him the aspect of a homeless person.  Or any number of heavies from Highlander. He normally makes no attempt to hide his third eye, but in Shanghai, he has found that doing so is quite necessary. 

Roleplaying Hints: Simply put, you are a warrior. You must serve your clan interests here in Shanghai, to please Adonai at any costs. You also have to protect the remaining members of your pack from further harm. Most people believe you’re a brainless fanatic. Let them think so. You know the truth.  In fact, you want nothing but the approval of your sire, pack mates, and brothers in the Sword of Caine, but you will never admit that.

Secrets: The only secret Miguel has is a terrible envy of anyone who seems to please Adonai more than himself, including the first Embraced child of Adonai. The rest of the secrets that he could have were erased when he lost, along with his past.

Influence: Although he is well known in Mexico and has several allies there, Miguel has no presence in Shanghai beyond the edge of his blade.

Haven: A cramped apartment, shared with his pack in the Huangpu District, the slums.

Clan: Salubri antitribu, Sire: Adonai, Nature: Fanatic, Demeanor: Fanatic, Generation: 9th, Embrace: At the beginning of the ‘90, Apparent Age: around 30

Stats: Physical: Strength 4, Dexterity 4, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 2, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Brawl 2, Dodge 2, Empathy 1, Expression 1, Intimidation 2, Leadership 2, Streetwise 1., Skills: Firearms 2, Melee 4, Security 1, Stealth 2, Survival 1, Knowledges: Investigation 1, Linguistics 2, Occult 1 Camarilla Lore 2

Backgrounds: Resources 2, Contacts (Mexican Sabbat) 2, Mentor 3, Sabbat status 2.

Disciplines: Valeren 5, Fortitude 2, Potence 1

Virtues: Conscience 2, Self-control 3, Courage 4, Path of Honorable Accord: 6, Willpower: 7

Esther Maria Perez, Priest of the Avenging Razors, 12th Generation Childe of Carlos Tortosa

Background: Esther was the daughter of two Mexican corn farmers, but was never rich.  But a decade of crop failures drove her family to el Norte’ to seek other opportunities.

Esther’s parents floundered in the ‘land of opportunity’, working for a quarter of what locals made.  At ten, Esther left school to join her parents and it was late at night in the shantytown that she met the strange woman that secretly attended to the health problems of the Mexicans. Her aunts and uncles called the woman a witch, but Esther became fascinated by the old woman, called “Old Wise”, and soon became her student in Santeria. A year and a day passed quickly, but on Esther’s seventeenth birthday, Old Wise skipped town, abandoning the immigrants to unknown whereabouts. 

A few nights later, the authorities arrived asking questions about the strange woman, claiming she was a wanted criminal and anyone associated with her would likewise be so. Esther knew that the village would single her out if the shadowy agents talked even slightly of deportation.  Running away was the only solution that made sense, but where could she go?  Buying the first bus ticket she could get her hands on, Esther left without even saying goodbye to her parents. She would never see them again.

The frightened girl made it to Atlanta, where she worked as a street performer. She knew enough about sleight of hand to impress the people that saw her performed in the park.  This life could have given way to a successful job as a stage magician, but then she met him

James Donaldson, a Tremere from Atlanta’s Chantry, perceived potential in the young busker. He took her off of the streets, into his own home, and, to Esther’s surprise, he wasn’t interested in bringing her to his bed. Esther was pretty, but was more like a daughter than like a lover to him. She became even more surprised when the man knew a few secrets of the Loa, and a year later that she began drinking blood from her new dominator.

Donaldson kept Esther as a servant, using her innate magical talent to his benefit, never planning on gifting her with the Embrace.  After ten years as a ghoul, she knew her dormitor well enough to figure out the truth. She became obsessed with regaining her lost freedom, trying her best to escape, yet she could not evade the power of the strong blood bond placed on her, driving her into deep desperation. Then, fate stepped in.

James and Esther were suddenly captured and imprisoned by an ancient Tzimisce who “gave” Esther to his pack mate as a gift to do with as he pleased.  The possibility that Carlos Tortosa, the Salubri antitribu to whom she was offered, would fall in love with her was ridiculous. But it happened and he Embraced the arch-enemy’s ghoul.

Esther performed marvelously for a new recruit, as her knowledge of Atlanta’s Chantry aided in its destruction at the hands of the Sabbat.  She showed her certain deep hatred for the Tremere during the assault, fighting as a half-mad berserker against her former masters. So deep was her hatred that she was accepted on the spot in battle as True Sabbat. Unfortunately, Carlos didn’t survive his duel with the Brujah archon visiting the city in the moment of the attack, but that didn’t worry Esther. She felt freedom for the first time in a decade, being no longer “owned” by James or owing anything to a sire.

Now, as the recently appointed Priest of the Avenging Razors pack, she hopes that both Miguel and Robert will start looking her as what she is, and not as a former Tremere flunky .

Description: Esther is a young, gamine Mexican woman in her early twenties. She has long black hair, normally carried in a ponytail. She dresses in track suits for freedom of movement. The clothes have been lightly reinforced to give her a measure of protection, as Miguel doesn’t want to have any more casualties in the pack. She stands at 5’ 4’’and has a light complexion.

Roleplaying Hints: You have been always under the protection of someone. First it was your parents, then the old woman, James, Carlos and now your pack. You are unsure of your fitness to survive alone, but you know that you are more than capable of being a good Priest to the pack. Perhaps Miguel and Robert don’t trust you, but they are your family now. It doesn’t matters how you feel about your family; you must protect them to the end.

Secrets: Esther has never spoken about Old Wise, who initiated her in the occult, and her pack mates believe the Tremere directly instructed her. Also, she has hidden her knowledge of Thaumaturgy from all, fearing that she will be trusted even less if it’s known.

Influence: None.

Haven: Huangpu District, the slums, with her pack mates.

Clan: Salubri antitribu, Sire: Carlos Tortosa, Nature: Caregiver, Demeanor: Follower, Generation: 12th, Embrace: 1997, Apparent Age: 20

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 2, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 4, Wits 3

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 2, Dodge 1, Empathy 2, Subterfuge 2, Streetwise 1, Skills: Firearms 2, Melee 1, Stealth 1, Survival 2, Knowledges: Academics 1, Investigation 2, Linguistics 2, Medicine 2, Occult 3

Backgrounds: Resources 1, Rites 2

Disciplines: Auspex 2, Valeren 1, Fortitude 1, Thaumaturgy 1 (Path of Blood 1)

Virtues: Conscience 3, Self-Control 2 Courage 3, Humanity: 5, Willpower: 5

Tian Wan-Jin, Ductus of the Hidden Lotus, 10th Generation Childe of Javier

Background: Tian Wan-Jin grew up in the slums of Shanghai at the end of the 19th century. Somehow, she survived her childhood, with a combination of luck, ruthlessness and wits.  With all her intelligence and luck, she worked in a Hong Kong brothel and survived the fate of many of her co-workers: disease, angry clients, or other calamities. Perhaps it was luck that Javier and his friends chose that brothel to have “a little party”, one that would bring Tian Wan-Jin her liberation.

As the Lasombra antitribu fed from the various costumers and workers, she came face to face with Javier. The Spanish Lasombra tried to scare his prey, and was surprised that the small woman before him not only wasn’t scared, but also fought back, screaming obscenities all the way. Javier was amused enough to turn her into his ghoul, using her to obtain information of her interests in the city. Tian Wan-Yin served her dominator dutifully, making her his favorite servant.  He eventually brought her to his base of operations in Nanjing with him to use her talents in something “more useful”.

After several decades serving as a Ghoul, Javier decided to Embrace her, gifting her with eternal life.  She was practically a neonate when Baloh started his revolution, with his attack on his sire’s brood. In the initial attack, Wan-Jin’s sire was destroyed. Free of the blood bond for the first time in decades, she quickly joined the Sabbat, forming her own pack with several others Cainites. She took residence in Nanjing, which seemed safe enough compared to the other Asian territories.

The decades slowly passed, and Wan-Jin ascended both in Baloh's opinion and in her own pack.  But, around the 1950s, she was the only survivor of the original pack, and finally took command of a new pack as Ductus. Under her command, the Hidden Lotus has become one of the most successful packs in all the Middle Kingdom, if not the most. Tian Wan-Yin seems to be able to put her pack out of harm’s way most of the time, allowing them to have survived until now, although in the end.

That suits her just fine.

Now, Wan-Jin knows that she hadn’t survived all this time taking missions like this one, but she has no option but obey Baloh’s commands. That doesn’t mean that she is going to take all the risks. The Avenging Razors are the ones that want to take these risks, right?

Description: By modern standards, Wan-Jin is almost a midget. She has green eyes, with a spark of intelligence in them, and short, black hair. She dresses as a middle class Chinese woman, trying to pass as unnoticed as possible. Her apparent genial personality draws favor from those around her. At least until she decides to kill them.

Roleplaying Hints: You always try to be everyone’s friend, at least in the surface, acting more like a mother than as a leader to your pack, showing them affection and love. However, you only care about yourself, and don’t mind a damn about any other person in the planet. You will be able to do anything to secure your own survival, even turning against your pack. You respect Baloh, and probably wouldn’t betray him, but you will be able to sell any other, including the Sabbat, in order to assure your own survival.

Haven: Basement in the port of the city.

Secrets: Tian Wan-Jin has found she barely feels the pulling the Vaulderie commands over the Blood. She has no clue why. She also knows several shen in Shanghai, having numerous secret pacts. She knows the refuge of the Salubri antitribu, and also where to search for several Sabbat in the Middle Kingdom, including all Nanjing Lasombra. Unknown to her, the place she thinks is Baloh’s refuge is only a decoy, as Baloh knows that he can trust Wan-Yin only to a point.

Influence: She has several contacts in the ports of Shanghai, mostly among the workers there. She would be able to delay for some time the arrival of anything to Shanghai. The recent storms have lessened her grip here, however.  She also has strong ties to the underground community of Nanjing.

Clan: Lasombra, Sire: Javier, Nature: Survivor, Demeanor: Caregiver, Generation: 10th, Embrace: 1880, Apparent Age: 28

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 3, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 4, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 2, Brawl 3, Dodge 2, Empathy 3, Expression 3, Intimidation 1, Leadership 2, Streetwise 4, Subterfuge 4, Skills: Etiquette 1, Firearms 2, Performance 2, Security 2, Stealth 2, Survival 3, Knowledges: Academics 1, Investigation 2, Linguistics 2, Occult 3

Disciplines: Obtenebration 4, Dominate 3, Potence 2, Obfuscate 2

Backgrounds: Contacts 3, Influence 2(only one out of Nanjing), Sabbat status 1, Resources 3, Herd 1

Virtues: Conscience 1, Self-Control 3, Courage 3, Humanity: 4, Willpower: 7

Giovanni

Antonio della Passaglia, 8th Generation Childe of Carlos Montega della Passaglia

Background: Born into the della Passaglia family in the early years of the Giovanni conversion, Antonio was raised under a watchful eye. Taught the theories of Necromancy at an early age, steeped in Chinese culture and lore, and raised to be a leader, he has in all ways but one turned out perfectly.

That one small flaw, however, could very well be the downfall of the entire della Passaglia family. In his centuries in Shanghai, Antonio has come to relate more closely with the native culture and mind-set than that of his own family. Living in China, speaking only Chinese, folding the culture around himself as a shield; he has lost his identity as a della Passaglia and Giovanni, seeing them as rude, uncouth barbarians with no manners or subtlety when he is forced into contact with them. 

Unfortunately, a lifetime of indoctrination has also left him with a strong sense of loyalty and duty, and the conflict of these two personas within him is beginning to interfere with his role as liaison to the Quincunx…and it couldn’t come at a worse time.

Though generally well thought of (in a retarded little brother kind of way) by many of Shanghai’s elder Quincunx members, Antonio is still a Kin-Jin, and as such, never an equal. As aware of this as he is, Antonio has spent centuries setting up favors and boons with many members of the court, from the top down.  Most are small boons, but he has the majority of Shanghai’s Wan Kuei in his debt. It has been his ultimate goal to gently call in the favors when the family most needs them.

That time is now, but Antonio’s indecisiveness and inner turmoil has him blinded to the family’s dire straits and he is unwilling to risk all he has built up merely because a couple of rude ‘cousins’ are claiming the Giovanni Clan may well wipe the della Passaglia clean away soon. Rationalizing away these claims as exaggerations and impatience, he pulls away from the family, while at the same time distancing himself from his Wan Kuei contacts in an effort to protect their anonymity, an act which only causes suspicion amongst his ‘allies’. 

Now, in the midst of a possible purge of the della Passaglia family, Antonio’s contacts may be their ticket to asylum in the Chinese courts. However, Antonio has become so erratic he may very well destroy all that he has spent his unlife building. 

Description: A small, wiry and distinguished looking Portuguese male, who could be anywhere from late 20s to mid-30s from his appearance. He has an attractive face, despite the crooked and rotting teeth and his hair is shoulder length, usually worn back. He affects glasses similar to those worn by Mao Tse-Tung, and dresses conservatively in business suits. When on business of any sort, he dresses in the manner of Chinese court politicians in the late 19th Century, often at home as well.

Roleplaying Notes: Speak quietly, be subtle, polite, attentive and above all, Chinese. You have barely spoken Portuguese, Spanish, English or Dutch in the past seventy-five years, communicating almost exclusively in Cantonese, Shanghainese and Mandarin. You are above all things, loyal to your family, no matter how rude or over-reactive they may be. But YOU, not they, have spent almost 200 years building up a network of contacts and allies in Shanghai, and Caine be damned if they are going to co-opt your precious network until you are convinced the reason is vital enough to risk all that you have striven for. When in conversation with a ‘Westerner’ be polite, cryptic and a touch condescending, but when conversing with a native of the Middle Kingdom, be polite, jovial and agreeable.

Haven: Just north of the People’s Square, where he likes to sit and watch his “true” people at play.

Secrets: Sadly, he is shut out of both worlds he tries so hard to belong to. He wields very little control.

Influence: Anything Giovanni related is within his realm of influence. He also can call upon certain favors if needed.

Clan: Giovanni, Sire: Carlos Montega della Passaglia, Nature: Soldier, Demeanor: Caregiver, Generation: 8th, Embrace: 1801, Apparent Age: Mid-20s to mid-30s

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 3, Stamina 3, Social: Charisma 4, Manipulation 4, Appearance 3, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 5, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 3, Athletics 2, Brawl 1, Dodge 2, Empathy 4, Expression 4, Intimidation 3, Leadership 4, Subterfuge 5, Streetwise 1, Skills: Animal-Ken 1, Crafts 2, Etiquette 5, Firearms 1, Melee 1, Performance 3 , Knowledges: Academics 4 (Chinese Mythology), Finance 3, Investigation 4, Law 3, Linguistics 5, Medicine 3, Occult 4, Politics 4

Disciplines: Necromancy 4 (Ash Path 4, Sepulchre Path 1), Presence 3, Dominate 3, Auspex 2, Fortitude 2

Backgrounds: Allies 4, Contacts 5, Resources 3, Retainers 2

Virtues: Conscience 2, Self-Control 4, Courage 2, Humanity: 5, Willpower: 8

Matsugane Yuki, 9th Generation Childe of Antonio della Passaglia

Background: In the early forties, when Japan invaded and the gaki poured into Shanghai, Antonio quickly pulled back out of sight, retreating into the shadows.  He funded his Blood Court allies in their shadow wars, as he deemed them the stronger force; this was after all their home ground.

But by the early sixties, it had become obvious that the gaki were not going to be as easy to get rid of, and Antonio’s presence had become known to the Japanese Vampires, compromising his position as an ally to the locals. Acting swiftly, if naively, Antonio traveled to Tokyo and selected an intelligent, beautiful, young Japanese student who specialized in linguistics, Masahiro Yuki.

His intention was to produce a neutral player on the field, someone who could act as a go-between from Wan Kuei to gaki. This was the first time he offended his Quincunx hosts, and nearly earned his own Final Death. So offended was the gaki leader that he sent assassins to find and destroy this Kin-jin bastard. Were it not for Antonio’s unanticipated foreign Discipline of Dominate and Alexei’s martial skills, there would be nothing more of Antonio to speak of.

But survive he did, and return to his regular position as an ally to the courts of the Quincunx, but now he had a fledgling of no use in his household.

Now, almost a half-century later, Yuki still survives, although she is aware that her purpose in her Sire’s goals no longer exists, and that any moment, he may decide that her destruction would further his plans. So every time a member of the della Passaglia or Giovanni family visits, she tells them everything she knows, believing they may view her as an asset. 

Description: A delicate and beautiful young Japanese woman from Kanazawa prefecture, she has adopted the style and mannerisms of the modern age, in defiance of her Sire’s preference for tradition. She walks with determination, dresses as sexily and scandalously as she can, and knocks men dead in their steps.  In recent nights, she had adopted the ‘ganguro’ fashion of Japan, but she has grown tired of it.  She recently saw ‘Kill Bill’ and has acquired a collection of Japanese school uniforms, inspired by Tarentino’s vision. 

Roleplaying Notes:  Be forthright, blunt and outspoken. Condescend to those who cannot live in the modern world. Use modern slang, and never back down from anyone, except Alexei or Antonio. Yuki knows she is gorgeous and delights in getting gifts from admirers, be they male or female. Outwardly you are confident and brash, a child of the modern era, but inwardly you are terrified that your existence is but an oversight on Antonio’s part.

Haven: The French Concession houses the lovely Yuki, mostly due to the vast information she can gather to seem important and partly to be as far from her Sire as possible. Maybe one day he will forget she exists at all.

Secrets: She is not privy to any secret of the Giovanni, but has sensed a new type of Feng Shui in the area. It stinks of the Tremere.

Influence: none.

Clan: Giovanni, Sire: Antonio della Passaglia, Nature: Conniver, Demeanor: Bravo, Generation: 9th, Embrace: 1964, Apparent Age: Early 20s

Stats: Physical: Strength 2, Dexterity 3, Stamina 2, Social: Charisma 3, Manipulation 3, Appearance 4, Mental: Perception 3, Intelligence 3, Wits 2

Abilities: Talents: Athletics 1, Dodge 2, Empathy 2, Subterfuge 2, Streetwise 1, Skills: Etiquette 3, Firearms 1, Performance 2, Stealth 1, Knowledges: Academics 2, Computer 2, Finance 1, Investigation 2, Law 1, Linguistics 4, Occult 1, Politics 2, Science 1

Disciplines: Dominate 2, Presence 2, Potence 1, Necromancy 1 (Ash Path 1), Feng Shui 1

Backgrounds: Allies 1, Contacts 2, Herd 3

Virtues: Conscience 3, Self-Control 2, Courage 2, Humanity: 6, Willpower: 6

Alexei Yuri Manachekov, 9th Generation Childe of Antonio della Passaglia

Background: Russia in the mid-1800s was a good time to be a noble, and Alexei was a favored son of a rich noble who grew fat off the abuse of his peasants. Alexei was raised in the manner befitting his rank. He rode horses, learned to fight with fist, foot, sword and rifle. He spoke English, Dutch, Russian, Mandarin, and Spanish. He could read and write in Latin, do numbers in his head and pilot a ship by starlight. He was also taught to treat those lesser than him as dirt, to brook no disrespect and to command absolute authority when necessary.

Alexei was everything that a Russian noble could be; he was also the fifth son of the family and not entitled to anything more than to be married off to increase his eldest brothers’ coffers. Of the two options available to him to avoid this fate – become a priest or a sailor – Alexei’s love of debauchery and excitement ruled out the Church. He joined a Chinese trader ship and set south to make his money off of Opium and Chinese Silks and gold.

As a privateer, the young man excelled, taking over the Tzar Nicholas by the time he was in his early twenties. The life of a privateer suited Alexei’s temperament ideally, and he crossed blades and rifles with Chinese pirates, English buccaneers, Dutch traders, Spanish galleons and more.

In many ways, he was the ideal for Antonio’s first Embrace; a talented warrior, intelligent, crafty, ruthless and well-versed in the ways of negotiating with the Chinese. Alexei is the only real black mark on Antonio’s image with his family, however.  To Embrace outside of the family and without permission are forbidden, yet none could argue with Alexei’s skills or loyalty to Antonio.

Since his Embrace, Alexei has served loyally, never questioning orders, seemingly content to remain an aide to the staid and traditionalistic Giovanni Elder. Yet, Alexei himself is now nearing a century and a half as Kindred, and inside, he grates at his Sire’s orders, longing to prove his worth to the family and earn himself a place of respect, as befitting a Boyar.

Description: Alexei is not a large man, nor is he particularly outstanding in anyway. Short cut black wavy hair that is graying at the temples, a craggy, weather-beaten face with a crooked nose and a few missing teeth. His eyes are a pale blue, and his face has a trimmed goatee beard. Broad of shoulder and rangy, those who look closely will note hundreds of small scars and the remnants of a brief bout with the Pox scar his neck and shoulders. In this day and age, Alexei has adopted the clothing of a westernized biker, black leathers, dark clothing and drives a custom Harley Davidson that is his pride and joy.

Roleplaying Notes: You were bred to fight and born to lead, swift to act and no stranger to neither violence nor brutality, you know there is a time and place for everything and can be as patient as a spider when you feel it is in your best interests. Don’t hesitate to play submissive.  After all, subterfuge is as much a tactic of war as intimidation, a lesson you learned well when you studied the Communist uprising in Russia, and later in China.

That said, when you are amongst mortals, you KNOW you are bigger, badder and better. So, take no shit from anyone, after all, it’s a dog eat dog world, and you are a wolf surrounded by Shi-tzus. 

Haven: North of the People’s Square with his Sire.

Secrets: A constant bodyguard to his Antonio, he is privy to just about everything.  But he will never let those words leave his lips.

Influence: Kindred in the city have run across Alexei and have found out that he is nothing to fool around with.  While he does not rule over any of them, the respect from fear he receives is worth it.

Clan: Giovanni, Sire: Antonio della Passaglia, Nature: Bravo, Demeanor: Follower/Bravo, Generation: 9th, Embrace: 1874, Apparent Age: Mid to late 40s

Stats: Physical: Strength 3, Dexterity 4, Stamina 5, Social: Charisma 2, Manipulation 3, Appearance 2, Mental: Perception 4, Intelligence 3, Wits 4

Abilities: Talents: Alertness 4, Athletics 3, Brawl 4, Dodge 4, Empathy 2, Intimidation 3, Leadership 2, Streetwise 2, Subterfuge 2 , Skills: Crafts 1, Firearms 4, Melee 5, Repair 2, Stealth 3, Survival 2, Knowledges: Investigation 1, Linguistics 4, Medicine 1, Occult 1

Disciplines: Potence 4, Fortitude 3, Celerity 2, Dominate 1

Backgrounds: Contacts 3, Herd 2, Influence 1, Resources 2, Retainers 1

Virtues: Conscience 1, Self-Control 4, Courage 4, Humanity: 5, Willpower: 7

Old Realm

Old realm. The language of magic. The tongue of the gods. The signs of the first age of man.

by Zantiago Arkaham (Exalted | Resources)

A symbolic system that wizards need to know in order to summon a demon, but also the one most scavengers had learn from the warnings on the walls of ruins. Those who don't know it guess it too complex to think there was a day when everyone spoke it, and those who do still wonder how it is that any mortal can learn how to talk with a spirit.

The truth is that Old Realm is as complex and impressive as the skill of those who write it. The books written in the second age by mortal savants have a clumsy and poor Old Realm, while the ones written by the solar exalted in the first age are rich in meaning and as beautiful as art pieces. Learning it is not so hard; mastering it takes discipline, skill and inspiration. Here are the first lessons every savant must take to speak the tongue of the gods.

http://www.nocturnis.net/downloads/pdf/eln-old-realm-lessons.pdf

List Articles by Game

List Articles by Project/Column

Have You Read?

Pandora’s Book
Pandora’s Book

All Content and Art is copyright © 1999, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 Katherine Burress and Christopher Simmons unless otherwise Specified.
Applicable information, books and products are © 1997 White Wolf Publishing, Inc. All rights reserved, any reproduced artwork or text are for review purposes only.
Copyright White Wolf Publishing, Inc.
Copyright White Wolf Publishing, Inc.